Edgar Filing: WELLS FARGO & CO/MN

e10vq

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011

Commission file number 001-2979

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware (State of incorporation)		No. 41-0449260 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-866-249-3302

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer þ		Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)		Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes o No þ

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.


		Shares Outstanding
		July 29, 2011
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value		5,279,840,998

FORM 10-Q
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX


PART I	Financial Information
Item 1.	Financial Statements				Page
	Consolidated Statement of Income				71
	Consolidated Balance Sheet				72
	Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income				73
	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows				75
	Notes to Financial Statements
		1	-	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	76
		2	-	Business Combinations	77
		3	-	Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other
				Short-Term Investments	77
		4	-	Securities Available for Sale	78
		5	-	Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses	87
		6	-	Other Assets	103
		7	-	Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities	104
		8	-	Mortgage Banking Activities	115
		9	-	Intangible Assets	118
		10	-	Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral	119
		11	-	Legal Actions	121
		12	-	Derivatives	123
		13	-	Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities	130
		14	-	Preferred Stock	146
		15	-	Employee Benefits	149
		16	-	Earnings Per Common Share	150
		17	-	Operating Segments	151
		18	-	Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements	153
		19	-	Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements	157

Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Financial Review)
	Summary Financial Data				1
	Overview				2
	Earnings Performance				4
	Balance Sheet Analysis				11
	Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements				16
	Risk Management				17
	Capital Management				49
	Critical Accounting Policies				52
	Current Accounting Developments				53
	Regulatory and Other Developments				54
	Forward-Looking Statements				55
	Risk Factors				57
	Glossary of Acronyms				158

Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk				45

Item 4.	Controls and Procedures				70

PART II	Other Information
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings				159

Item 1A.	Risk Factors				159

Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds				159

Item 6.	Exhibits				160

Signature					160

Exhibit Index					161
Exhibit 10(a)
Exhibit 12(a)
Exhibit 12(b)
Exhibit 31(a)
Exhibit 31(b)
Exhibit 32(a)
Exhibit 32(b)
Exhibit 99(a)
Exhibit 99(b)
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Summary Financial Data


											% Change
	Quarter ended							June 30, 2011 from						Six months ended
	June 30,			Mar. 31,		June 30,		Mar. 31,			June 30,			June 30,		June 30,		%
($ in millions, except per share amounts)	2011			2011		2010		2011			2010			2011		2010		Change

For the Period
Wells Fargo net income	$	3,948			3,759		3,062		5	%		29			7,707		5,609		37	%
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock		3,728			3,570		2,878		4			30			7,298		5,250		39
Diluted earnings per common share		0.70			0.67		0.55		4			27			1.37		1.00		37
Profitability ratios (annualized):
Wells Fargo net income to average assets (ROA)		1.27	%		1.23		1.00		3			27			1.25		0.92		36
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average
Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity (ROE)		11.92			11.98		10.40		-			15			11.95		9.69		23
Efficiency ratio (1)		61.2			62.6		59.6		(2	)		3			61.9		58.0		7
Total revenue	$	20,386			20,329		21,394		-			(5	)		40,715		42,842		(5	)
Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP)(2)		7,911			7,596		8,648		4			(9	)		15,507		17,979		(14	)
Dividends declared per common share		0.12			0.12		0.05		-			140			0.24		0.10		140
Average common shares outstanding		5,286.5			5,278.8		5,219.7		-			1			5,282.7		5,205.1		1
Diluted average common shares outstanding		5,331.7			5,333.1		5,260.8		-			1			5,329.9		5,243.0		2
Average loans	$	751,253			754,077		772,460		-			(3	)		752,657		784,856		(4	)
Average assets		1,250,945			1,241,176		1,224,180		1			2			1,246,088		1,225,145		2
Average core deposits (3)		807,483			796,826		761,767		1			6			802,184		760,475		5
Average retail core deposits (4)		592,974			584,100		574,436		2			3			588,561		574,059		3
Net interest margin		4.01	%		4.05		4.38		(1	)		(8	)		4.03		4.33		(7	)
At Period End
Securities available for sale	$	186,298			167,906		157,927		11			18			186,298		157,927		18
Loans		751,921			751,155		766,265		-			(2	)		751,921		766,265		(2	)
Allowance for loan losses		20,893			21,983		24,584		(5	)		(15	)		20,893		24,584		(15	)
Goodwill		24,776			24,777		24,820		-			-			24,776		24,820		-
Assets		1,259,734			1,244,666		1,225,862		1			3			1,259,734		1,225,862		3
Core deposits (3)		808,970			795,038		758,680		2			7			808,970		758,680		7
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity		136,401			133,471		119,772		2			14			136,401		119,772		14
Total equity		137,916			134,943		121,398		2			14			137,916		121,398		14
Tier 1 capital (5)		113,466			110,761		101,992		2			11			113,466		101,992		11
Total capital (5)		149,538			147,311		141,088		2			6			149,538		141,088		6
Capital ratios:
Total equity to assets		10.95	%		10.84		9.90		1			11			10.95		9.90		11
Risk-based capital (5):
Tier 1 capital		11.69			11.50		10.51		2			11			11.69		10.51		11
Total capital		15.41			15.30		14.53		1			6			15.41		14.53		6
Tier 1 leverage (5)		9.43			9.27		8.66		2			9			9.43		8.66		9
Tier 1 common equity (6)		9.15			8.93		7.61		2			20			9.15		7.61		20
Common shares outstanding		5,278.2			5,300.9		5,231.4		-			1			5,278.2		5,231.4		1
Book value per common share	$	23.84			23.18		21.35		3			12			23.84		21.35		12
Common stock price:
High		32.63			34.25		34.25		(5	)		(5	)		34.25		34.25		-
Low		25.26			29.82		25.52		(15	)		(1	)		25.26		25.52		(1	)
Period end		28.06			31.71		25.60		(12	)		10			28.06		25.60		10
Team members (active, full-time equivalent)		266,600			270,200		267,600		(1	)		-			266,600		267,600		-


(1)		The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(2)		Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
(3)		Core deposits are noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances).
(4)		Retail core deposits are total core deposits excluding Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits.
(5)		See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(6)		See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for additional information.

This Quarterly Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections, as well as in the “Regulation and Supervision” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K).

When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. When we refer to “legacy Wells Fargo,” we mean Wells Fargo excluding Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia). See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout this Report.

Financial Review

Overview

Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company with $1.3 trillion in assets. Founded in 1852 and headquartered in San Francisco, we provide banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage services and consumer and commercial finance through more than 9,000 banking stores, 12,000 ATMs, the internet and other distribution channels to individuals, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia (D.C.) and in other countries. With approximately 275,000 team members, we serve one in three households in America and ranked No. 23 on Fortune’s 2011 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked fourth in assets and second in the market value of our common stock among our large bank peers at June 30, 2011.

Our Vision and Strategy

Our vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets and be one of America’s great companies. Our primary strategy to achieve this vision is to increase the number of products our customers buy from us and to offer them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs. Our cross-sell strategy, diversified business model and the breadth of our geographic reach facilitate growth in both strong and weak economic cycles, as we can grow by expanding the number of products our current customers have with us, gain new customers in our extended markets, and increase market share in many businesses.

Our combined company retail bank household cross-sell was 5.84 products per household in second quarter 2011, up from 5.64 a year ago. We believe there is more opportunity for cross-sell as we continue to earn more business from our Wachovia customers. Our goal is eight products per customer, which is approximately half of our estimate of potential demand for an average U.S. household. One of every four of our retail banking households has eight or more products. Business banking cross-sell offers another potential opportunity for growth, with cross-sell of 4.17 products in our Western footprint in second quarter

2011 (including legacy Wells Fargo and converted Wachovia customers), up from 3.88 a year ago.

Our pursuit of growth and earnings performance is influenced by our belief that it is important to maintain a well controlled operating environment as we complete the integration of the Wachovia businesses and grow the combined company. We manage our credit risk by establishing what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the performance of our loan portfolio. We manage the interest rate and market risks inherent in our asset and liability balances within established ranges, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding. We maintain strong capital levels to facilitate future growth.

Expense management is important to us, but we approach this in a manner intended to help ensure our revenue is not adversely affected. Our current company-wide expense management initiative is focused on removing unnecessary complexity and eliminating duplication as a way to improve the customer experience and the work process of our team members. We are still in the early stages of this initiative and expect meaningful cost savings over time. With this initiative and the completion of merger-related activities, we are targeting to reduce quarterly noninterest expense to $11 billion by fourth quarter 2012 from $12.5 billion in second quarter 2011. The target reflects expense savings initiatives that will be executed over the next six quarters. Quarterly expense trends may vary due to cyclical or seasonal factors, particularly in the first quarter of each year when higher incentive compensation and employee benefit expenses typically occur.

Financial Performance

Wells Fargo net income was $3.9 billion in second quarter 2011, up 29% from a year ago, and diluted earnings per common share were $0.70, up 27%. Our net income growth from a year ago included contributions from each of our three business segments: Community Banking (up 22%); Wholesale Banking (up 32%); and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement (up 23%).

On a linked-quarter basis, total revenues, loans, deposits and capital and capital ratios increased; our credit quality improved;

Overview (continued)

and our noninterest expense decreased. On a year-over-year basis, revenue was down 5% in second quarter 2011, reflecting a decline in mortgage banking income and lower service charges on deposits due to regulatory changes, as well as a decline in average loans as we continued to reduce our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. Noninterest expense was down 2% from a year ago reflecting the benefit of reduced core deposit amortization and lower litigation accruals.

Our average core deposits grew 6% from a year ago to $807.5 billion at June 30, 2011. Average core deposits were 107% of total average loans in second quarter 2011, up from 99% a year ago. We continued to attract high quality core deposits in the form of checking and savings deposits, which grew 9% to $735.4 billion in second quarter 2011, from $672.0 billion a year ago, as we added new customers and deepened our relationships with existing customers.

Credit Quality

We continued to experience significant improvement in our credit portfolio with lower net charge-offs, lower nonperforming assets (NPAs) and improved delinquency trends from first quarter 2011. The improvement in our credit portfolio was due in part to the continued decline in our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios (primarily from the Wachovia acquisition), which decreased $5.1 billion in second quarter 2011, and $69.0 billion in total since the Wachovia acquisition, to $121.8 billion at June 30, 2011.

Reflecting the improved performance in our loan portfolios, the $1.8 billion provision for credit losses for second quarter 2011 was $2.2 billion less than a year ago. The provision for credit losses was $1 billion less than net charge-offs in second quarter 2011 and $500 million less than net charge-offs for the same period a year ago. Absent significant deterioration in the economy, we expect future allowance releases. Second quarter 2011 marked the sixth consecutive quarter of decline in net charge-offs and the third consecutive quarter of reduced NPAs. Net charge-offs decreased significantly to $2.8 billion in second quarter 2011 from $3.2 billion in first quarter 2011, and $4.5 billion a year ago. NPAs decreased to $27.9 billion at June 30, 2011, from $30.5 billion at March 31, 2011, and $32.8 billion a year ago. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing (excluding government insured/guaranteed loans) decreased to $1.8 billion at June 30, 2011, from $2.4 billion at March 31, 2011, and $3.9 billion a year ago. In addition, the portfolio of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans acquired in the Wachovia merger continued to perform better than expected at the time of the merger.

Capital

We continued to build capital in second quarter 2011, with total stockholders’ equity up $10.0 billion from year-end 2010. In second quarter 2011, our Tier 1 common equity ratio grew 22 basis points to 9.15% of risk-weighted assets under Basel I, reflecting strong internal capital generation. Under current Basel III capital proposals, we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio was 7.35% at the end of second quarter 2011. Our

other regulatory capital ratios also continued to grow with the Tier 1 capital ratio reaching 11.69% and Tier 1 leverage ratio reaching 9.43% at June 30, 2011. Additional capital requirements applicable to certain global systemically important financial institutions are under consideration by the Basel Committee. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information regarding our capital, including Tier 1 common equity.

We redeemed $3.4 billion of trust preferred securities and re-started our open market common stock repurchase program. During second quarter 2011, we repurchased 35 million shares of our common stock. We also paid a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per common share.

Wachovia Merger Integration

On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo acquired Wachovia, one of the nation’s largest diversified financial services companies. Our integration progress to date is on track and on schedule, and business and revenue synergies have exceeded our expectations since the merger was announced. To date we have converted 2,215 Wachovia stores and 23.7 million customer accounts, including mortgage, deposit, trust, brokerage and credit card accounts. With our conversion of retail banking stores in Pennsylvania and Florida (completed in early July), 83% of our banking customers company-wide are now on a single deposit system. The remaining Eastern banking markets are scheduled to convert by year-end 2011.

The Wachovia merger has already proven to be a financial success, with substantially all of the originally expected savings already realized and growing revenue synergies reflecting market share gains in many businesses, including mortgage, auto dealer services and investment banking. Some examples of merger revenue synergies include the following:

•		Consumer checking account sales in the Eastern retail banking stores were up over 30% from a year ago.
•		Credit card new account growth in the East was up over 140% from a year ago.
•		Wachovia had a well-run auto business that has enabled us to increase our auto loan market share. As a result, we continue to be the largest used car lender and are now the second largest auto lender in the industry.
•		Our investment banking market share increased to 4.7% for the first half of 2011 from 3.7% for the first half of 2009, and our investment banking revenue from corporate and commercial customers increased 53% in the first half of 2011 compared with the same period last year.
•		We have experienced a 27% increase in client assets in our Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segment and our broker loan originations have grown 47% since the merger.

As a result of PCI accounting for loans acquired in the Wachovia merger, ratios of the Company, including the growth rate in NPAs since December 31, 2008, may not be directly comparable with periods prior to the merger or with credit-related ratios of other financial institutions. In particular:

•

Wachovia’s high risk loans were written down pursuant to PCI accounting at the time of merger. Therefore,

		the allowance for credit losses is lower than otherwise would have been required without PCI loan accounting; and
•		Because we virtually eliminated Wachovia’s nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2008, the quarterly growth rate in our

nonaccrual loans following the merger was higher than it would have been without PCI loan accounting. Similarly, our net charge-offs rate was lower than it otherwise would have been.

Earnings Performance

Wells Fargo net income for second quarter 2011 was $3.9 billion ($0.70 diluted per common share) with $3.7 billion applicable to common stock, compared with net income of $3.1 billion ($0.55 diluted per common share) with $2.9 billion applicable to common stock for second quarter 2010. Net income for the first half of 2011 was $7.7 billion, up 37% from the same period a year ago. Our June 30, 2011, quarter-to-date and year-to-date earnings compared with the same periods a year ago reflected strong business fundamentals with diversified sources of fee income, increased deposits, lower operating costs, improved credit quality and higher capital levels.

Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, was $20.4 billion in second quarter 2011 compared with $21.4 billion in second quarter 2010. Revenue for the first half of 2011 was $40.7 billion, down 5% from the same period a year ago. The decline in revenue in the first half of 2011 was predominantly due to lower net interest income and lower mortgage banking revenue. However, many businesses generated year over year quarterly revenue growth, including commercial banking, corporate banking, commercial real estate, international, debit card, global remittance, retail brokerage, auto dealer services and wealth management. Net interest income of $10.7 billion in second quarter 2011 declined 7% from a year ago driven by a 37 basis point decline in the net interest margin and a 3% decline in average loans. The decline in average loans reflected continued reductions in the non-strategic/liquidating portfolios. Continued success in generating low-cost deposits enabled the Company to grow assets while reducing long-term debt since December 31, 2010, including the redemption of $3.4 billion of higher-yielding trust preferred securities.

Noninterest expense was $12.5 billion (61% of revenue) in second quarter 2011, compared with $12.7 billion (60% of revenue) a year ago. Noninterest expense was $25.2 billion for the first half of 2011 compared with $24.9 billion for the same period a year ago. The second quarter and first half of 2011 included $484 million and $924 million, respectively, of merger integration costs (down from $498 million in second quarter 2010 and up from $878 million in the first half of 2010), and $428 million and $900 million, respectively, of operating losses (down from $627 million in second quarter 2010 and up from $835 million in the first half of 2010).

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the

average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities based on a 35% federal statutory tax rate.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $10.9 billion and $21.7 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2011, compared with $11.6 billion and $22.9 billion for the same periods a year ago. The net interest margin was 4.01% and 4.03% in the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, down from 4.38% and 4.33% for the same periods a year ago. Net interest margin was compressed relative to second quarter and first half of 2010 as lower-yielding cash and short-term investments increased as loan balances declined. The impact of these factors was somewhat mitigated by reduced long-term debt expense and continued disciplined deposit pricing.

The mix of earning assets and their yields are important drivers of net interest income. Soft consumer loan demand and the impact of liquidating certain loan portfolios reduced average loans in second quarter 2011 to 69% (69% in the first half of 2011) of average earning assets from 72% in second quarter 2010 (73% in the first half of 2010). Average short-term investments and trading account assets were 12% of earning assets in both the second quarter and first half of 2011, up from 9% and 8%, respectively, for the same periods a year ago.

Core deposits are a low-cost source of funding and thus an important contributor to both net interest income and the net interest margin. Core deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances). Average core deposits rose to $807.5 billion in second quarter 2011 ($802.2 billion in the first half of 2011) from $761.8 billion in second quarter 2010 ($760.5 billion in the first half of 2010) and funded 107% and 99% (107% and 97% for the first half of the year) of average loans, respectively. Average core deposits increased to 74% of average earning assets in the second quarter and first half of 2011 compared with 71% for each respective period a year ago, yet the cost of these deposits declined significantly as the mix shifted from higher cost certificates of deposit to checking and savings products, which were also at lower yields relative to the second quarter and first half of 2010. About 91% of our average core deposits are now in checking and savings deposits, one of the highest percentages in the industry.

Table 1: Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)(2)


	Quarter ended June 30,
	2011								2010
							Interest								Interest
	Average			Yields/			income/		Average			Yields/			income/
(in millions)	balance			rates			expense		balance			rates			expense


Earning assets
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments	$	98,519			0.32	%	$	80		67,712			0.33	%	$	56
Trading assets		38,015			3.71			352		28,760			3.79			272
Securities available for sale (3):
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		2,091			2.33			12		2,094			3.50			18
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		22,610			5.35			302		16,192			6.48			255
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		74,402			4.76			844		72,876			5.39			930
Residential and commercial		32,536			8.86			664		33,197			9.59			769


Total mortgage-backed securities		106,938			5.98			1,508		106,073			6.72			1,699
Other debt and equity securities		37,037			5.81			502		33,270			7.21			562


Total securities available for sale		168,676			5.81			2,324		157,629			6.75			2,534
Mortgages held for sale (4)		30,674			4.73			362		32,196			5.04			405
Loans held for sale (4)		1,356			5.05			17		4,386			2.73			30
Loans:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		153,630			4.60			1,761		147,965			5.44			2,009
Real estate mortgage		101,437			4.16			1,051		97,731			3.89			949
Real estate construction		21,987			4.64			254		33,060			3.44			284
Lease financing		12,899			7.72			249		13,622			9.54			325
Foreign		36,445			2.65			241		29,048			3.62			262


Total commercial		326,398			4.37			3,556		321,426			4.78			3,829


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		224,873			4.97			2,792		237,500			5.24			3,108
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		91,934			4.25			975		102,678			4.53			1,162
Credit card		20,954			12.97			679		22,239			13.24			736
Other revolving credit and installment		87,094			6.32			1,372		88,617			6.57			1,452


Total consumer		424,855			5.48			5,818		451,034			5.74			6,458


Total loans (4)		751,253			5.00			9,374		772,460			5.34			10,287
Other		4,997			4.10			52		6,082			3.44			53


Total earning assets	$	1,093,490			4.64	%	$	12,561		1,069,225			5.14	%	$	13,637


Funding sources
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking	$	53,344			0.09	%	$	12		61,212			0.13	%	$	19
Market rate and other savings		455,126			0.20			226		412,062			0.26			267
Savings certificates		72,100			1.42			256		89,773			1.44			323
Other time deposits		12,988			2.03			67		14,936			1.90			72
Deposits in foreign offices		57,899			0.23			33		57,461			0.23			33


Total interest-bearing deposits		651,457			0.37			594		635,444			0.45			714
Short-term borrowings		53,340			0.18			24		45,082			0.22			25
Long-term debt		145,431			2.78			1,009		195,440			2.52			1,233
Other liabilities		10,978			3.03			83		6,737			3.33			55


Total interest-bearing liabilities		861,206			0.80			1,710		882,703			0.92			2,027
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources		232,284			-			-		186,522			-			-


Total funding sources	$	1,093,490			0.63			1,710		1,069,225			0.76			2,027


Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)					4.01	%	$	10,851					4.38	%	$	11,610


Noninterest-earning assets
Cash and due from banks	$	17,373								17,415
Goodwill		24,773								24,820
Other		115,309								112,720


Total noninterest-earning assets	$	157,455								154,955


Noninterest-bearing funding sources
Deposits	$	199,339								176,908
Other liabilities		53,169								43,713
Total equity		137,231								120,856
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets		(232,284	)							(186,522	)


Net noninterest-bearing funding sources	$	157,455								154,955


Total assets	$	1,250,945								1,224,180


(1)		Our average prime rate was 3.25% for the quarters ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.26% and 0.44% for the same quarters, respectively.

(2)		Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.

(3)		Yields and rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts include the effects of any unrealized gain or loss marks but those marks carried in other comprehensive income are not included in yield determination of affected earning assets. Thus yields are based on amortized cost balances computed on a settlement date basis.

(4)		Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.

(5)		Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $173 million and $161 million for June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 35% for the periods presented.


	Six months ended June 30,
	2011								2010
							Interest								Interest
	Average			Yields/			income/		Average			Yields/			income/
(in millions)	balance			rates			expense		balance			rates			expense


Earning assets
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments	$	90,994			0.34	%	$	152		54,347			0.33	%	$	89
Trading assets		37,711			3.76			708		28,338			3.85			544
Securities available for sale (3):
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		1,834			2.56			23		2,186			3.56			38
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		21,098			5.39			572		14,951			6.53			476
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		73,937			4.74			1,676		76,284			5.39			1,953
Residential and commercial		32,734			9.28			1,396		32,984			9.63			1,559


Total mortgage-backed securities		106,671			6.10			3,072		109,268			6.70			3,512
Other debt and equity securities		36,482			5.68			967		32,810			6.86			1,054


Total securities available for sale		166,085			5.87			4,634		159,215			6.67			5,080
Mortgages held for sale (4)		34,686			4.61			799		31,784			4.99			792
Loans held for sale (4)		1,167			4.98			29		5,390			2.39			64
Loans:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		151,849			4.62			3,484		152,192			4.97			3,752
Real estate mortgage		100,621			4.04			2,018		97,848			3.79			1,839
Real estate construction		23,128			4.44			509		34,448			3.25			555
Lease financing		12,959			7.78			504		13,814			9.38			648
Foreign		35,050			2.73			476		28,807			3.62			518


Total commercial		323,607			4.35			6,991		327,109			4.50			7,312


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		227,208			4.99			5,659		241,241			5.25			6,318
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		93,313			4.30			1,993		104,151			4.50			2,330
Credit card		21,230			13.08			1,388		22,789			13.20			1,503
Other revolving credit and installment		87,299			6.34			2,743		89,566			6.49			2,879


Total consumer		429,050			5.51			11,783		457,747			5.72			13,030


Total loans (4)		752,657			5.01			18,774		784,856			5.21			20,342
Other		5,111			4.00			102		6,075			3.40			103


Total earning assets	$	1,088,411			4.69	%	$	25,198		1,070,005			5.10	%	$	27,014


Funding sources
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking	$	55,909			0.09	%	$	26		61,614			0.14	%	$	42
Market rate and other savings		449,388			0.21			463		408,026			0.27			553
Savings certificates		73,229			1.41			511		92,254			1.40			640
Other time deposits		13,417			2.14			143		15,405			1.97			152
Deposits in foreign offices		57,687			0.23			66		56,453			0.22			62


Total interest-bearing deposits		649,630			0.38			1,209		633,752			0.46			1,449
Short-term borrowings		54,041			0.20			54		45,082			0.20			44
Long-term debt		147,774			2.86			2,113		202,186			2.48			2,509
Other liabilities		10,230			3.13			159		6,203			3.38			104
-

Total interest-bearing liabilities		861,675			0.82			3,535		887,223			0.93			4,106
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources		226,736			-			-		182,782			-			-


Total funding sources	$	1,088,411			0.66			3,535		1,070,005			0.77			4,106
-

Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)					4.03	%	$	21,663					4.33	%	$	22,908


Noninterest-earning assets
Cash and due from banks	$	17,367								17,730
Goodwill		24,774								24,818
Other		115,536								112,592


Total noninterest-earning assets	$	157,677								155,140
-

Noninterest-bearing funding sources
Deposits	$	196,237								174,487
Other liabilities		54,237								44,224
Total equity		133,939								119,211
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets		(226,736	)							(182,782	)


Net noninterest-bearing funding sources	$	157,677								155,140


Total assets	$	1,246,088								1,225,145

Noninterest Income

Table 2: Noninterest Income


									Six months
	Quarter ended June 30,					%			ended June 30,					%
(in millions)	2011			2010		Change			2011			2010		Change


Service charges on deposit accounts	$	1,074			1,417		(24)	%	$	2,086			2,749		(24	) %
Trust and investment fees:
Trust, investment and IRA fees		1,020			1,035		(1	)		2,080			2,084		-
Commissions and all other fees		1,924			1,708		13			3,780			3,328		14


Total trust and investment fees		2,944			2,743		7			5,860			5,412		8


Card fees		1,003			911		10			1,960			1,776		10
Other fees:
Cash network fees		94			58		62			175			113		55
Charges and fees on loans		404			401		1			801			820		(2	)
Processing and all other fees		525			523		-			1,036			990		5


Total other fees		1,023			982		4			2,012			1,923		5


Mortgage banking:
Servicing income, net		877			1,218		(28	)		1,743			2,584		(33	)
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities		742			793		(6	)		1,892			1,897		-


Total mortgage banking		1,619			2,011		(19	)		3,635			4,481		(19	)


Insurance		568			544		4			1,071			1,165		(8	)
Net gains from trading activities		414			109		280			1,026			646		59
Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale		(128	)		30	NM				(294	)		58	NM
Net gains (losses) from equity investments		724			288		151			1,077			331		225
Operating leases		103			329		(69	)		180			514		(65	)
All other		364			581		(37	)		773			1,191		(35	)


Total	$	9,708			9,945		(2	)	$	19,386			20,246		(4	)


NM — Not meaningful

Noninterest income was $9.7 billion and $9.9 billion for second quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $19.4 billion and $20.2 billion for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Noninterest income represented 48% of revenue for both periods in 2011. The decrease in total noninterest income in the second quarter and first half of 2011 from the same periods a year ago was due largely to lower mortgage banking net servicing income and lower service charges on deposit accounts.

Our service charges on deposit accounts decreased 24% in the second quarter and first half of 2011 from the same periods a year ago, primarily due to changes mandated by Regulation E and related overdraft policy changes.

We earn trust, investment and IRA (Individual Retirement Account) fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, corporate trust, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets. At June 30, 2011, these assets totaled $2.2 trillion, up 16% from $1.9 trillion at June 30, 2010. Trust, investment and IRA fees are largely based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of the assets under management or administration. These fees were $1.0 billion and $2.1 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, flat from a year ago for both periods.

We receive commissions and other fees for providing services to full-service and discount brokerage customers as well as from investment banking activities including equity and bond underwriting. These fees increased to $1.9 billion in second

quarter 2011 from $1.7 billion a year ago and increased to $3.8 billion for the first half of 2011 from $3.3 billion a year ago. These fees include transactional commissions, which are based on the number of transactions executed at the customer’s direction, and asset-based fees, which are based on the market value of the customer’s assets. Brokerage client assets totaled $1.2 trillion at June 30, 2011, up from $1.1 trillion a year ago.

Card fees increased to $1.0 billion in second quarter 2011, from $911 million in second quarter 2010. For the first six months of 2011, these fees increased to $2.0 billion from $1.8 billion a year ago. The increase is mainly due to growth in purchase volume and new accounts growth. With the final FRB rules regarding debit card interchange fees, we estimate a quarterly reduction in earnings of approximately $250 million (after tax), before the impact of any offsetting actions, starting in fourth quarter 2011. We expect to recapture at least half of this earnings reduction over time through volume and product changes.

Mortgage banking noninterest income consists of net servicing income and net gains on loan origination/sales activities and totaled $1.6 billion in second quarter 2011, compared with $2.0 billion a year ago. The first half of 2011 showed a decrease to $3.6 billion from $4.5 billion for the same period a year ago. The reduction year over year in mortgage banking noninterest income was primarily driven by a decline in net servicing income.

Net servicing income includes both changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) during the period as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the MSRs. Net servicing income for second quarter 2011 included a $374 million net MSR valuation gain ($1.08 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSRs offset by a $1.45 billion hedge gain) and for second quarter 2010 included a $626 million net MSR valuation gain ($2.7 billion decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $3.3 billion hedge gain). For the first half of 2011, it included a $753 million net MSR valuation gain ($576 million decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $1.33 billion hedge gain) and for the same period of 2010, included a $1.6 billion net MSR valuation gain ($3.44 billion decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $5.05 billion hedge gain). The valuation of our MSRs at the end of second quarter 2011 reflected our assessment of expected future levels in servicing and foreclosure costs, including the estimated impact from regulatory consent orders. See the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management — Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” section in this Report for information on the regulatory consent orders. The $252 million and $862 million decline in net MSR valuation gain results for the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, compared with the same periods last year was primarily due to a decline in hedge carry income. See the “Risk Management — Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section of this Report for a detailed discussion of our MSRs risks and hedging approach. Our portfolio of loans serviced for others was $1.87 trillion at June 30, 2011, and $1.84 trillion at December 31, 2010. At June 30, 2011, the ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.87%, compared with 0.86% at December 31, 2010.

Income from loan origination/sale activities was $742 million in second quarter 2011 compared with $793 million a year ago. The decrease in second quarter 2011 was driven by lower loan origination volume and margins on loan originations, offset by lower provision for mortgage loan repurchase losses. Income of $1.9 billion from loan origination/sales activities for the first half of 2011 remained flat from a year ago.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include the cost of any additions to the mortgage repurchase liability. Mortgage loans are repurchased from third parties based on standard representations and warranties, and early payment default clauses in mortgage sale contracts. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability that were charged against net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities during second quarter 2011 totaled $242 million (compared with $382 million for second quarter 2010), of which $222 million ($346 million for second quarter 2010) was for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior period loan sales. For additional information about mortgage loan repurchases, see the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management — Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in this Report.

Residential real estate originations were $64 billion in second quarter 2011 compared with $81 billion a year ago and mortgage applications were $109 billion in second quarter 2011 compared with $143 billion a year ago. The 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $51 billion at June 30, 2011, and

$68 billion a year ago. For additional detail, see the “Risk Management — Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains from trading activities, which reflect unrealized and realized net gains due to changes in fair value of our trading positions, were $414 million and $1.0 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, compared with $109 million and $646 million for the same periods a year ago. The year over year increase for the second quarter and first half of 2011 was driven by improved valuation of certain contracts utilized in some of our customer accommodation trading activity. Net gains from trading activities do not include interest income and other fees earned from related activities. Those amounts are reported within interest income from trading assets and other fees within noninterest income line items of the income statement. Net gains from trading activities are primarily from trading done on behalf of or driven by the needs of our customers (customer accommodation trading) and also include the results of certain economic hedging and proprietary trading. Net losses from proprietary trading totaled $23 million and $9 million in the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, compared with $199 million and $228 million for the same periods a year ago. These net proprietary trading losses were offset by interest and fees reported in their corresponding income statement line items. Proprietary trading activities are not significant to our client focused business model. Our trading activities and what we consider to be customer accommodation, economic hedging and proprietary trading are further discussed in the “Asset/Liability Management — Market Risk — Trading Activities” section in this Report.

Net gains on debt and equity securities totaled $596 million for second quarter 2011 and $318 million for second quarter 2010, after other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs of $205 million and $168 million for the same periods, respectively.

Operating lease income was $103 million and $180 million in the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, down from $329 million and $514 million for the same periods a year ago, due to gains on early lease terminations in second quarter 2010.

Noninterest Expense

Table 3: Noninterest Expense


								Six months
	Quarter ended June 30,				%			ended June 30,				%
(in millions)	2011		2010		Change			2011		2010		Change

Salaries	$	3,584		3,564		1	%	$	7,038		6,878		2	%
Commission and incentive compensation		2,171		2,225		(2	)		4,518		4,217		7
Employee benefits		1,164		1,063		10			2,556		2,385		7
Equipment		528		588		(10	)		1,160		1,266		(8	)
Net occupancy		749		742		1			1,501		1,538		(2	)
Core deposit and other intangibles		464		553		(16	)		947		1,102		(14	)
FDIC and other deposit assessments		315		295		7			620		596		4
Outside professional services		659		572		15			1,239		1,056		17
Contract services		341		384		(11	)		710		731		(3	)
Foreclosed assets		305		333		(8	)		713		719		(1	)
Operating losses		428		627		(32	)		900		835		8
Outside data processing		232		276		(16	)		452		548		(18	)
Postage, stationery and supplies		236		230		3			471		472		-
Travel and entertainment		205		196		5			411		367		12
Advertising and promotion		166		156		6			282		268		5
Telecommunications		132		156		(15	)		266		299		(11	)
Insurance		201		164		23			334		312		7
Operating leases		31		27		15			55		64		(14	)
All other		564		595		(5	)		1,035		1,210		(14	)


Total	$	12,475		12,746		(2	)	$	25,208		24,863		1

Noninterest expense was $12.5 billion in second quarter 2011, down 2% from $12.7 billion a year ago, reflecting the benefit of reduced core deposit amortization and lower operating losses in second quarter 2011 as well as $137 million of expense in second quarter 2010 for Wells Fargo Financial severance costs. For the first half of 2011, noninterest expense was nearly flat compared with the same period a year ago.

Personnel expenses were flat for second quarter 2011 compared with the same quarter last year. They were up, however, for the first half of 2011, compared with the same period of 2010, primarily due to higher variable compensation paid in first quarter 2011 by businesses with revenue-based compensation, including brokerage. Mortgage personnel expenses declined in second quarter 2011 reflecting a decrease in mortgage loan originations.

Outside professional services included increased investments by our businesses this year in their service delivery systems.

Operating losses of $428 million in second quarter 2011 were substantially all for litigation accruals for mortgage foreclosure-related matters and were down from second quarter 2010, which was elevated predominantly due to additional accrual for litigation matters.

Merger integration costs totaled $484 million and $498 million in second quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $924 million and $878 million for the first six months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Second quarter 2011 marked further milestones in our integration of legacy Wells Fargo and Wachovia, including the conversion of retail banking stores in Pennsylvania and Florida (completed in early July), one of our largest East Coast states. After these conversions, 83% of

banking customers company-wide are on a single deposit system.

With our current expense management initiative and the completion of merger-related activities, we are targeting to reduce quarterly noninterest expense to $11 billion by fourth quarter 2012 from $12.5 billion in second quarter 2011. The target reflects expense savings initiatives that will be executed over the next six quarters. Quarterly expense trends may vary due to cyclical or seasonal factors, particularly in the first quarter of each year when higher incentive compensation and employee benefit expenses typically occur.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate was 33.6% in second quarter 2011, up from 33.1% in second quarter 2010 and 29.5% in first quarter 2011. The higher effective rate in second quarter 2011 reflected the tax cost associated with accruals for mortgage foreclosure related matters. Our effective tax rate was 31.7% in the first half of 2011, down from 34.2% in the first half of 2010. The decrease for the first half of 2011 from the first half of 2010 was primarily related to a tax benefit recognized in first quarter 2011 associated with the realization for tax purposes of a previously written down investment. Our current estimate for the full year 2011 effective tax rate is approximately 32.5%.

Operating Segment Results

We are organized for management reporting purposes into three operating segments: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. These segments are defined by product type and customer segment and their results are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for financial accounting. In fourth quarter 2010, we aligned certain lending businesses into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking to

reflect our previously announced restructuring of Wells Fargo Financial. In first quarter 2011, we realigned a private equity business into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking. Prior periods have been revised to reflect these changes. Table 4 and the following discussion present our results by operating segment. For a more complete description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 17 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 4: Operating Segment Results — Highlights


									Wealth, Brokerage
	Community Banking				Wholesale Banking				and Retirement
(in billions)	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010


Quarter ended June 30,
Revenue	$	12.6		13.6		5.6		5.8		3.1		2.9
Net income		2.1		1.7		1.9		1.5		0.3		0.3


Average loans		498.2		534.3		243.1		228.2		43.5		42.6
Average core deposits		552.0		532.6		190.6		162.3		126.0		121.5


Six months ended June 30,
Revenue	$	25.2		27.6		11.1		11.2		6.2		5.8
Net income		4.3		3.1		3.6		2.7		0.7		0.6


Average loans		504.0		542.3		238.9		232.6		43.1		43.2
Average core deposits		550.1		532.0		187.7		162.0		125.7		121.3

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses including investment, insurance and trust services in 39 states and D.C., and mortgage and home equity loans in all 50 states and D.C. through its Regional Banking and Wells Fargo Home Mortgage business units.

Community Banking reported net income of $2.1 billion and revenue of $12.6 billion in second quarter 2011. Revenue declined $1.0 billion from second quarter 2010, driven primarily by a decrease in mortgage banking income from lower originations/sales activities and hedge valuations, and by lower interest income primarily attributed to reductions in the home equity loan portfolio. These declines were partially mitigated by gains on equity sales as well as lower deposit costs. Net interest income decreased $1.4 billion, or 9%, for the first half of 2011 compared with the same period a year ago, mostly due to lower average loans (down $38.3 billion) as a result of intentional run-off within the portfolios (including Home Equity and Pick-A-Pay) combined with softer loan demand, and a shift in earning assets mix towards lower-yielding investment securities portfolios. This decline in interest income was mitigated by continued low funding cost. Average core deposits increased $19.4 billion, or 4%, as growth in liquid deposits more than offset planned certificates of deposit run-off. We generated strong growth in the number of consumer checking accounts (up a net 7% from second quarter 2010). Non-interest expense decreased $260 million from second quarter 2010 due to reduced personnel costs (lower mortgage sales-related incentives and second quarter 2010 Wells Fargo Financial exit expense accruals), a decrease in software license expense, lower

litigation-related operating losses, and reduced intangible amortization. The provision for credit losses decreased $1.4 billion from second quarter 2010 and credit quality indicators in most of our consumer and business loan portfolios continued to improve. Net credit losses declined in almost all portfolios, which resulted in the release of $700 million in allowance for loan losses in second quarter 2011, compared with $389 million released a year ago. The provision for credit losses declined $3.9 billion for the first half of 2011 compared with the first half of 2010. Charge-offs decreased $2.7 billion, showing improvement primarily in the Home Equity, Credit Card, and Dealer Services portfolios. Additionally, we released $1.6 billion of the allowance in the first half of 2011, compared with $389 million released a year ago.

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions across the U.S. and globally to middle market and large corporate customers with annual revenue generally in excess of $20 million. Products and businesses include commercial banking, investment banking and capital markets, securities investment, government and institutional banking, corporate banking, commercial real estate, treasury management, capital finance, international, insurance, real estate capital markets, commercial mortgage servicing, corporate trust, equipment finance, asset backed finance, and asset management.

Wholesale Banking reported net income of $1.9 billion in second quarter 2011, up $469 million, or 32%, from second quarter 2010. Net income increased to $3.6 billion for the first half of 2011 from $2.7 billion a year ago. The year over year increases in net income for the second quarter and first six

months were the result of decreases in the provision for credit losses and noninterest expenses more than offsetting decreases in revenues. Revenue in second quarter 2011 decreased $143 million, or 2%, from second quarter 2010 as strong growth across most businesses, including loan and deposit growth, was more than offset by lower PCI-related resolutions and other gains. Average loans of $243.1 billion in second quarter 2011 increased 7% from second quarter 2010 driven by increases across most lending areas. Average core deposits of $190.6 billion in second quarter 2011 increased 17% from second quarter 2010, reflecting continued strong customer liquidity. Noninterest expense in second quarter 2011 decreased $107 million, or 4%, from second quarter 2010 related to lower litigation and foreclosed asset expenses. The provision for credit losses in second quarter 2011 declined $732 million from second quarter 2010, and included a $300 million allowance release compared with a $111 million release a year ago along with a $543 million improvement in net credit losses.

Family Wealth meets the unique needs of the ultra high net worth customers. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement earned net income of $333 million in second quarter 2011, up $63 million, or 23%, from second quarter 2010. Revenue of $3.1 billion predominantly consisted of brokerage commissions, asset-based fees and net interest income. Net interest income was up $7 million, or 1%, compared with second quarter 2010 as higher investment income was driven by higher deposits and loan growth offset by lower yields. Noninterest income increased $212 million, or 10%, and $420 million, or 9%, from the second quarter 2010 and first half of 2010, respectively, as higher asset-based fees and securities gains in the brokerage business were partially offset by lower brokerage transaction revenue. Noninterest expense was up $137 million, or 6%, and $306 million, or 6%, from second quarter 2010 and the first half of 2010, respectively, primarily due to growth in personnel cost driven by higher broker commissions.

Balance Sheet Analysis

At June 30, 2011, our total loans were down slightly from December 31, 2010 while our core deposits were up over the same period. At June 30, 2011, core deposits funded 108% of the loan portfolio, and we have significant capacity to add loans and higher yielding long-term MBS to generate future revenue and earnings growth. The strength of our business model produced record earnings and high rates of internal capital generation as reflected in our improved capital ratios. Tier 1 capital increased to 11.69% as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets, total

capital to 15.41%, Tier 1 leverage to 9.43% and Tier 1 common equity to 9.15% at June 30, 2011, up from 11.16%, 15.01%, 9.19% and 8.30%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information about changes in our asset mix and about our capital is included in the “Earnings Performance — Net Interest Income” and “Capital Management” sections of this Report.

Securities Available for Sale

Table 5: Securities Available for Sale — Summary

June 30, 2011

December 31, 2010

Net

Net

unrealized

Fair

unrealized

Fair

(in millions)

Cost

gain

value

Cost

gain

value

Debt securities available for sale

173,526

8,417

181,943

160,071

7,394

167,465

Marketable equity securities

3,499

856

4,355

4,258

931

5,189

Total securities available for sale

177,025

9,273

186,298

164,329

8,325

172,654

Table 5 presents a summary of our securities available-for-sale portfolio. Securities available for sale consist of both debt and marketable equity securities. We hold debt securities available for sale primarily for liquidity, interest rate risk management and long-term yield enhancement. Accordingly, this portfolio consists primarily of very liquid, high quality federal agency debt and privately issued MBS. The total net

unrealized gains on securities available for sale were $9.3 billion at June 30, 2011, up from net unrealized gains of $8.3 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily due to lower interest rates and narrowing of credit spreads.

We analyze securities for OTTI quarterly or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. Of the $326 million OTTI write-downs recognized in the first half of 2011, $269 million

related to debt securities. There were no OTTI write-downs for marketable equity securities and there were $57 million in OTTI write-downs related to nonmarketable equity securities. For a discussion of our OTTI accounting policies and underlying considerations and analysis see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Securities) in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report.

We apply the cost recovery method for debt securities available for sale where future cash flows cannot be reliably estimated. Under this method, cash flows received are applied against the amortized cost basis, and interest income is not recognized until such basis has been fully recovered. The respective cost basis and fair value of these securities was $71 million and $255 million at June 30, 2011, and $96 million and $296 million at December 31, 2010.

At June 30, 2011, debt securities available for sale included $24 billion of municipal bonds, of which 82% were rated “A-” or better based on external, and in some cases internal, ratings. Additionally, some of these bonds are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These bonds are predominantly investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the determination to purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These municipal bonds will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis of our securities available for sale.

The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available for sale was 6.4 years at June 30, 2011. Because 61% of this portfolio is MBS, the expected remaining maturity may differ from contractual maturity because borrowers generally have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effect of a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the MBS available for sale are shown in Table 6.

Table 6: Mortgage-Backed Securities


						Expected
			Net			remaining
	Fair		unrealized			maturity
(in billions)	value		gain (loss)			(in years)


At June 30, 2011	$	111.4		6.2			4.8

At June 30, 2011, assuming a 200 basis point:

Increase in interest rates		101.2		(4.0	)		6.1

Decrease in interest rates		119.7		14.5			3.4

See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for securities available for sale by security type.

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)

Loan Portfolio

Total loans were $751.9 billion at June 30, 2011, down $5.3 billion from December 31, 2010. Increased balances in many commercial loan portfolios offset most of the continued planned reduction in the non-strategic and liquidating portfolios, which have declined $11.6 billion since December 31,

2010. Additional information on the non-strategic and liquidating portfolios is included in Table 11 in the “Credit Risk Management” section of this Report.

Table 7: Loan Portfolios

June 30, 2011

December 31, 2010

(in millions)

Core

Liquidating

Total

Core

Liquidating

Total

Commercial

323,673

7,016

330,689

314,123

7,935

322,058

Consumer

306,495

114,737

421,232

309,840

125,369

435,209

Total loans

630,168

121,753

751,921

623,963

133,304

757,267

A discussion of average loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance — Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable is included in the “Credit Risk Management” section in this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related information are in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Deposits

Deposits totaled $853.6 billion at June 30, 2011, compared with $847.9 billion at December 31, 2010. Table 8 provides additional detail regarding deposits. Comparative detail of average deposit balances is provided in Table 1 under

“Earnings Performance — Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Total core deposits were $809.0 billion at June 30, 2011, up $10.8 billion from $798.2 billion at December 31, 2010.

Table 8: Deposits


			% of					% of
	June 30,		total			December 31,		total			%
(in millions)	2011		deposits			2010		deposits			Change


Noninterest-bearing	$	202,116		24	%	$	191,231		23	%		6
Interest-bearing checking		47,635		6			63,440		7			(25	)
Market rate and other savings		453,635		53			431,883		51			5
Savings certificates		70,596		8			77,292		9			(9	)
Foreign deposits (1)		34,988		4			34,346		4			2


Core deposits		808,970		95			798,192		94			1
Other time and savings deposits		18,872		2			19,412		2			(3	)
Other foreign deposits		25,793		3			30,338		4			(15	)


Total deposits	$	853,635		100	%	$	847,942		100	%		1


(1)		Reflects Eurodollar sweep balances included in core deposits.

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)

Fair Valuation of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. See our 2010 Form 10-K for a description of our critical accounting policy related to fair valuation of financial instruments.

We may use independent pricing services and brokers to obtain fair values based on quoted prices. We determine the most appropriate and relevant pricing service for each security class and generally obtain one quoted price for each security. For certain securities, we may use internal traders to obtain estimated fair values, which are subject to our internal price verification procedures. We validate prices received using a variety of methods, including, but not limited to, comparison to pricing services, corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as secondary broker quotes and relevant benchmark indices, and review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions.

Table 9 presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments). The fair value of the remaining assets and liabilities were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information, collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements.

Table 9: Fair Value Level 3 Summary


	June 30, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Total					Total
($ in billions)	balance			Level 3(1)		balance		Level 3 (1)


Assets carried at fair value	$	287.3			48.2		293.1		47.9

As a percentage of total assets		23	%		4		23		4

Liabilities carried at fair value	$	23.7			5.3		21.2		6.4

As a percentage of total liabilities		2	%		-		2		1


(1)		Before derivative netting adjustments.

See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for a complete discussion on our use of fair valuation of financial instruments, our related measurement techniques and the impact to our financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded in the balance sheet, or may be recorded in the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, (3) diversify our funding sources, and/or (4) optimize capital.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities

We routinely enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. For more information on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Risk Management

All financial institutions must manage and control a variety of business risks that can significantly affect their financial performance. Key among those are credit, asset/liability and market risk.

For more information about how we manage these risks, see the “Risk Management” section in our 2010 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows is intended to provide an update on these risks.

Credit Risk Management

Table 10: Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable


	June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010


Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	157,095		151,284
Real estate mortgage		101,458		99,435
Real estate construction		21,374		25,333
Lease financing		12,907		13,094
Foreign (1)		37,855		32,912


Total commercial		330,689		322,058


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		222,874		230,235
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		89,947		96,149
Credit card		21,191		22,260
Other revolving credit and installment		87,220		86,565


Total consumer		421,232		435,209


Total loans	$	751,921		757,267


(1)		Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.

We employ various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with multiple risk factors affecting loans we hold or could acquire or originate including:

•		Loan concentrations and related credit quality
•		Counterparty credit risk
•		Economic and market conditions
•		Legislative or regulatory mandates
•		Changes in interest rates
•		Merger and acquisition activities
•		Reputation risk

Our credit risk management process is governed centrally, but provides for decentralized management and accountability by our lines of business. Our overall credit process includes comprehensive credit policies, disciplined credit underwriting, frequent and detailed risk measurement and modeling, extensive credit training programs, and a continual loan review and audit process. The Credit Committee of our Board of Directors (Board) receives reports from management,

including our Chief Risk Officer and Chief Credit Officer, and its responsibilities include oversight of the administration and effectiveness of, and compliance with, our credit policies and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. In addition, banking regulatory examiners review and perform detailed tests of our credit underwriting, loan administration and allowance processes.

A key to our credit risk management is adhering to a well controlled underwriting process, which we believe is appropriate for the needs of our customers as well as investors who purchase the loans or securities collateralized by the loans.

Non-Strategic and Liquidating Portfolios We continually evaluate and modify our credit policies to address appropriate levels of risk. Accordingly, from time to time, we designate certain portfolios and loan products as non-strategic or high risk to limit or cease their continued origination as we actively work to limit losses and reduce our exposures.

Table 11 identifies our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. They consist primarily of the Pick-a-Pay mortgage portfolio and non Pick-a-Pay PCI loans acquired from Wachovia as well as some portfolios from legacy Wells Fargo Home Equity and Wells Fargo Financial. Effective first quarter

2011, we added our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio to the non-strategic and liquidating portfolios as there is no longer a U.S. Government guaranteed student loan program available to private financial institutions pursuant to legislation in 2010. The non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios have decreased 36% since the merger with Wachovia at December 31, 2008, and decreased 9% from the end of 2010. The loss rate was 2.24% on these portfolios for the first half of 2011.

Table 11: Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios


	Outstanding balance

	June 30,		Dec. 31,		Dec. 31,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010		2009		2008


Commercial:
Commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans (1)	$	7,016		7,935		12,988		18,704


Total commercial		7,016		7,935		12,988		18,704


Consumer:
Pick-a-Pay mortgage (1)		69,587		74,815		85,238		95,315
Liquidating home equity		6,266		6,904		8,429		10,309
Legacy Wells Fargo Financial indirect auto		3,881		6,002		11,253		18,221
Legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation		17,730		19,020		22,364		25,299
Education Finance — government guaranteed (2)		16,295		17,510		21,150		20,465
Other PCI loans (1)		978		1,118		1,688		2,478


Total consumer		114,737		125,369		150,122		172,087


Total non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios	$	121,753		133,304		163,110		190,791

(1)		Net of purchase accounting adjustments related to PCI loans.
(2)		Effective first quarter 2011, we included our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio as there is no longer a U.S. Government guaranteed student loan program available to private financial institutions, pursuant to legislation in 2010. Prior periods have been adjusted to reflect this change.

The legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation portfolio included $1.2 billion of loans at both June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, which were considered prime based on secondary market standards. The remainder is non-prime but was originated with standards to reduce credit risk. Legacy Wells Fargo Financial ceased originating loans and leases through its indirect auto business channel by the end of 2008.

The home equity liquidating portfolio was designated in fourth quarter 2007 from loans generated through third party channels. This portfolio is discussed in more detail below in the “Credit Risk Management — Home Equity Portfolios” section of this Report.

Information about the liquidating PCI and Pick-a-Pay loan portfolios is provided in the discussion of loan portfolios that follows.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

PURCHASED CREDIT-IMPAIRED (PCI) LOANS As of December 31, 2008, certain of the loans acquired from Wachovia had evidence of credit deterioration since their origination, and it was probable that we would not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Such loans identified at the time of the acquisition were accounted for in the acquisition using the measurement provisions for PCI loans and are liquidating portfolios. PCI loans were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the historical allowance for credit losses related to these loans was not carried over. Such loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

A nonaccretable difference was established in purchase accounting for PCI loans to absorb losses expected at that time on those loans. Amounts absorbed by the nonaccretable difference do not affect the income statement or the allowance for credit losses.

Substantially all commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans are accounted for as individual loans. Conversely, Pick-a-Pay and other consumer PCI loans have been aggregated into several pools based on common risk characteristics. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Our policy is to remove an individual loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from resolution approximates pool performance expectations. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by the resolution and any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by our quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the nonaccretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan. Modified PCI loans are not removed from a pool even if those loans would otherwise be deemed TDRs. Modified PCI loans that are accounted for individually are considered TDRs, and removed from PCI accounting, if there has been a concession granted in excess of the original nonaccretable difference. We include these TDRs in our impaired loans.

In the first six months of 2011, we recognized in income $114 million released from nonaccretable difference related to commercial PCI loans due to payoffs and dispositions of these loans. We also transferred $210 million from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $1.0 billion of losses from loan resolutions and write-downs were absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. Table 12 provides an analysis of changes in the nonaccretable difference.

Table 12: Changes in Nonaccretable Difference for PCI Loans


							Other
(in millions)	Commercial			Pick-a-Pay			consumer			Total


Balance at December 31, 2008	$	10,410			26,485			4,069			40,964
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)		(330	)		-			-			(330	)
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)		(86	)		-			(85	)		(171	)
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)		(138	)		(27	)		(276	)		(441	)
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)		(4,853	)		(10,218	)		(2,086	)		(17,157	)


Balance at December 31, 2009		5,003			16,240			1,622			22,865
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)		(817	)		-			-			(817	)
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)		(172	)		-			-			(172	)
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)		(726	)		(2,356	)		(317	)		(3,399	)
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)		(1,698	)		(2,959	)		(391	)		(5,048	)


Balance at December 31, 2010		1,590			10,925			914			13,429
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)		(89	)		-			-			(89	)
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)		(25	)		-			-			(25	)
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)		(189	)		-			(21	)		(210	)
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)		(95	)		(789	)		(160	)		(1,044	)


Balance at June 30, 2011	$	1,192			10,136			733			12,061




Balance at March 31, 2011	$	1,395			10,626			829			12,850
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)		(36	)		-			-			(36	)
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)		(7	)		-			-			(7	)
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)		(95	)		-			-			(95	)
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)		(65	)		(490	)		(96	)		(651	)


Balance at June 30, 2011	$	1,192			10,136			733			12,061


(1)		Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.

(2)		Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.

(3)		Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.

(4)		Write-downs to net realizable value of PCI loans are absorbed by the nonaccretable difference when severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

Since the Wachovia acquisition, we have released $5.6 billion in nonaccretable difference for certain PCI loans and pools of PCI loans, including $4.0 billion transferred from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $1.6 billion released to income through loan resolutions. We have provided $1.7 billion in the allowance for credit losses for certain PCI loans or pools of PCI loans that have had credit-related decreases to cash flows expected to be collected. The net result is a $3.9 billion reduction from December 31, 2008, through June 30, 2011, in our initial expected losses on all PCI loans.

At June 30, 2011, the allowance for credit losses in excess of nonaccretable difference on certain PCI loans was $273 million. The allowance is necessary to absorb credit-related decreases since acquisition in cash flows expected to be collected and primarily relates to individual PCI loans. Table 13 analyzes the actual and projected loss results on PCI loans since acquisition through June 30, 2011.

Table 13: Actual and Projected Loss Results on PCI Loans


							Other
(in millions)	Commercial			Pick-a-Pay			consumer			Total

Release of unneeded nonaccretable difference due to:
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)	$	(1,236	)		-			-			(1,236	)
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)		(283	)		-			(85	)		(368	)
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)		(1,053	)		(2,383	)		(614	)		(4,050	)

Total releases of nonaccretable difference due to better than expected losses		(2,572	)		(2,383	)		(699	)		(5,654	)
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration (4)		1,617			-			100			1,717

Actual and projected losses on PCI loans less than originally expected	$	(955	)		(2,383	)		(599	)		(3,937	)


(1)		Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.

(2)		Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.

(3)		Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.

(4)		Provision for additional losses is recorded as a charge to income when it is estimated that the cash flows expected to be collected for a PCI loan or pool of loans may not support full realization of the carrying value.

For further detail on PCI loans, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Significant Credit Concentrations and Portfolio Reviews Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, FICO scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an adequate allowance for credit losses. The following analysis reviews the relevant concentrations and certain credit metrics of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) The CRE portfolio consists of both CRE mortgage loans and CRE construction loans. The combined CRE loans outstanding at June 30, 2011, represented 16% of total loans. CRE construction loans totaled $21.4 billion at June 30, 2011, or 3% of total loans. CRE mortgage loans totaled $101.5 billion at June 30, 2011, or 13% of total loans, of which over 36% was to owner-occupants. Table 14 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 6% of the non-PCI CRE outstanding balance at June 30, 2011, a decline of 10% from the prior quarter. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of combined CRE loans are in California and Florida, which represented 25% and 10% of the total CRE portfolio, respectively. By property type, the largest concentrations are office buildings at 25% and industrial/warehouse at 11% of the portfolio. The quarter ended with $26.8 billion of criticized CRE mortgage and $10.6 billion of criticized construction loans. Criticized CRE mortgage loans decreased 6% and criticized CRE construction loans decreased 24% since December 31, 2010. Total criticized CRE loans remained relatively high as a result of the current conditions in the real estate market. CRE delinquencies totaled $1.9 billion or 2% of total non-PCI CRE loans at quarter end. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for further detail on criticized loans.

The underwriting of CRE loans primarily focuses on cash flows and creditworthiness of the customer, in addition to collateral valuations. To identify and manage newly emerging problem CRE loans, we employ a high level of surveillance and regular customer interaction to understand and manage the risks associated with these loans, including regular loan reviews and appraisal updates. As issues are identified, management is engaged and dedicated workout groups are in place to manage problem loans. At June 30, 2011, the recorded investment in PCI CRE loans totaled $5.0 billion, down from $12.3 billion at December 31, 2008, reflecting the reduction resulting from loan resolutions and write-downs.

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 14: CRE Loans by State and Property Type


	June 30, 2011

	Real estate mortgage					Real estate construction				Total					% of
	Nonaccrual		Outstanding			Nonaccrual		Outstanding		Nonaccrual		Outstanding			total
(in millions)	loans		balance (1)			loans		balance (1)		loans		balance (1)			loans


By state:
PCI loans (1):
California	$	-		595			-		190		-		785			*	%
Florida		-		451			-		316		-		767			*
New York		-		301			-		205		-		506			*
Virginia		-		204			-		209		-		413			*
North Carolina		-		85			-		327		-		412			*
Other		-		1,164			-		941		-		2,105	(2)		*


Total PCI loans	$	-		2,800			-		2,188		-		4,988			*	%


All other loans:
California	$	1,167		26,258			353		3,332		1,520		29,590			4	%
Florida		734		9,362			236		1,862		970		11,224			1
Texas		362		7,054			138		1,812		500		8,866			1
North Carolina		322		4,375			154		1,136		476		5,511			*
New York		34		4,183			9		970		43		5,153			*
Virginia		86		3,491			40		1,489		126		4,980			*
Georgia		289		3,694			205		753		494		4,447			*
Arizona		244		3,694			53		660		297		4,354			*
Colorado		100		3,006			48		477		148		3,483			*
Washington		61		2,932			27		493		88		3,425			*
Other		1,292		30,609			780		6,202		2,072		36,811	(3)		5


Total all other loans	$	4,691		98,658			2,043		19,186		6,734		117,844			16	%


Total	$	4,691		101,458			2,043		21,374		6,734		122,832			16	%


By property:
PCI loans (1):
Office buildings	$	-		967			-		200		-		1,167			*	%
Apartments		-		707			-		443		-		1,150			*
1-4 family land		-		179			-		400		-		579			*
Retail (excluding shopping center)		-		270			-		90		-		360			*
Land (excluding 1-4 family)		-		15			-		288		-		303			*
Other		-		662			-		767		-		1,429			*


Total PCI loans	$	-		2,800			-		2,188		-		4,988			*	%


All other loans:
Office buildings	$	1,139		27,322			87		2,041		1,226		29,363			4	%
Industrial/warehouse		619		13,207			58		700		677		13,907			2
Apartments		333		9,705			177		2,696		510		12,401			2
Retail (excluding shopping center)		651		10,615			51		829		702		11,444			2
Shopping center		291		9,243			149		1,418		440		10,661			1
Real estate — other		327		8,491			14		192		341		8,683			1
Hotel/motel		357		6,357			27		872		384		7,229			*
Land (excluding 1-4 family)		61		434			556		6,275		617		6,709			*
Institutional		92		2,762			6		234		98		2,996			*
Agriculture		156		2,589			-		24		156		2,613			*
Other		665		7,933			918		3,905		1,583		11,838			2


Total all other loans	$	4,691		98,658			2,043		19,186		6,734		117,844			16	%


Total	$	4,691		101,458	(4)		2,043		21,374		6,734		122,832			16	%


*		Less than 1%.
(1)		For PCI loans, amounts represent carrying value. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)		Includes 35 states; no state had loans in excess of $356 million.
(3)		Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $3.1 billion.
(4)		Includes $37.0 billion of loans to owner-occupants where 51% or more of the property is used in the conduct of their business.

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. Table 15 summarizes commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry with the related nonaccrual totals. Across our non-PCI commercial loans and leases, the commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolios experienced less credit deterioration than our CRE portfolios in the second quarter 2011. Of the total commercial and industrial loans and lease financing non-PCI portfolios, 0.06% was 90 days or more past due and still accruing, 1.46% was nonaccruing and 13.8% were criticized. In comparison, of the total non-PCI CRE portfolio, 0.19% was 90 days or more past due and still accruing, 5.71% was nonaccruing and 28.1% was criticized. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Also, the annualized net-charge off rate for both portfolios declined from second quarter 2010. We believe this portfolio is well underwritten and is diverse in its risk with relatively even concentrations across several industries. Our credit risk management process for this portfolio primarily focuses on a customer’s ability to repay the loan through their cash flow. Generally, the collateral securing this portfolio represents a secondary source of repayment.

A majority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term liquid assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets.

Table 15: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry


	June 30, 2011
							% of
		Nonaccrual		Outstanding			total
(in millions)		loans		balance (1)			loans


PCI loans (1):
Insurance		$	-		91			*	%
Investors			-		74			*
Technology			-		66			*
Residential construction			-		62			*
Healthcare			-		46			*
Aerospace and defense			-		37			*
Other			-		151	(2)		*


Total PCI loans		$	-		527			*	%


All other loans:
Financial institutions		$	143		10,561			1	%
Cyclical retailers			46		9,603			1
Food and beverage			63		9,048			1
Oil and gas			128		8,272			1
Healthcare			74		7,983			1
Industrial equipment			63		7,165			*
Real estate			68		6,414			*
Transportation			29		6,410			*
Investors			74		5,580			*
Technology			75		5,552			*
Public administration			46		5,322			*
Business services			51		5,163			*
Other			1,612		82,402	(3)		11


Total all other loans		$	2,472		169,475			23	%


Total		$	2,472		170,002			23	%


*		Less than 1%.
(1)		For PCI loans, amounts represent carrying value. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)		No other single category had loans in excess of $23.4 million.
(3)		No other single category had loans in excess of $4.9 billion. The next largest categories included utilities, hotel/restaurant, securities firms, non-residential construction and leisure.

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

During the recent credit cycle, we have experienced an increase in loans requiring risk mitigation activities including the restructuring of loan terms and requests for extensions of commercial and industrial and CRE loans. All actions are based on a re-underwriting of the loan and our assessment of the borrower’s ability to perform under the agreed-upon terms. For loans that are granted an extension, borrowers are generally performing in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Extension terms generally range from six to thirty-six months and may require that the borrower provide additional economic support in the form of partial repayment, or additional collateral or guarantees. In cases where the value of collateral or financial condition of the borrower is insufficient to repay our loan, we may rely upon the support of an outside repayment guarantee in providing the extension. In considering the impairment status of the loan, we evaluate the collateral and future cash flows as well as the anticipated support of any repayment guarantor. In many cases the strength of the guarantor provides sufficient assurance that full repayment of the loan is expected. When full and timely collection of the loan becomes uncertain, including the performance of the guarantor, we place the loan on nonaccrual status and we charge-off all or a portion of the loan based on the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, if any.

Our ability to seek performance under a guarantee is directly related to the guarantor’s creditworthiness, capacity and willingness to perform, which is evaluated on an annual basis, or more frequently as warranted. Our evaluation is based on the most current financial information available and is focused on various key financial metrics, including net worth, leverage, and current and future liquidity. We consider the guarantor’s reputation, creditworthiness, and willingness to work with us based on our analysis as well as other lenders’ experience with the guarantor. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in our loan risk ratings for such loans. The loan risk rating and accruing status are important factors in our allowance methodology for commercial and industrial and CRE loans.

FOREIGN LOANS At June 30, 2011, foreign loans represented approximately 5% of our total consolidated loans outstanding and approximately 3% of our total assets. The United Kingdom was the only individual foreign country with cross-border outstandings, defined to include loans, acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest bearing investments and any other monetary assets that exceeded 0.75% of our consolidated assets at June 30, 2011. The United Kingdom cross-border outstandings amounted to approximately $9.5 billion, or 0.75% of our consolidated assets, and included $1.7 billion of sovereign claims. Recently, there has been increased focus on the exposure of U.S. banks to Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, which have experienced credit deterioration due to economic weakness and their respective fiscal situations. At June 30, 2011, our gross outside exposure to these five countries, including cross-border claims on an ultimate risk basis, and foreign exchange and derivative products, aggregated approximately $3.2 billion. Of this amount, we held approximately $100 million in sovereign claims, substantially all for Ireland, and no sovereign claims for Greece, Portugal and Spain. We did not have any sovereign credit default swaps that we have written or received associated with Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain.

Our foreign country risk monitoring process incorporates frequent dialogue with our foreign financial institution customers, counterparties and regulatory agencies, enhanced by centralized monitoring of macroeconomic and capital markets conditions. We establish exposure limits for each country via a centralized oversight process based on the needs of our customers, and in consideration of relevant economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our limits in response to changing conditions.

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

REAL ESTATE 1-4 FAMILY MORTGAGE LOANS Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans primarily include loans that we have made to customers and retained as part of our asset liability management strategy. These loans also include the Pick-a-Pay Portfolio acquired from Wachovia and the Home Equity Portfolio, which are discussed below. In addition, these loans include other purchased loans and loans included on our balance sheet due to the adoption of consolidation accounting guidance related to VIEs.

Our underwriting of loans collateralized by residential real property includes appraisals or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate the market value of homes. AVMs are a lower-cost alternative to appraisals and support valuations of large numbers of properties in a short period of time using market comparables and price trends for local market areas. The primary risk associated with the use of AVMs is that the value of an individual property may vary significantly from the average for the market area. We have processes to periodically validate AVMs and specific risk management guidelines addressing the circumstances when AVMs may be used. AVMs are generally used in underwriting to support property values on loan originations only where the loan amount is under $250,000. We generally require property visitation appraisals by a qualified independent appraiser for larger residential property loans.

Some of our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans include an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms. These interest-only loans were approximately 25% of total loans at both June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Substantially all of these interest-only loans at origination were considered to be prime or near prime.

We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) reset risk across our Wells Fargo owned mortgage loan portfolios. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. Our option ARM portfolio was acquired in the Wachovia acquisition.

We continue to modify real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers in the current difficult economic cycle. Loans are underwritten at the time of the modification in accordance with underwriting guidelines established for governmental and proprietary loan modification programs. As a participant in the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (MHA) programs, we are focused on helping customers stay in their homes. The MHA programs create a standardization of modification terms including incentives paid to borrowers, servicers, and investors. MHA includes the Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) for first lien loans and the Second Lien Modification Program (2MP) for junior lien loans. Under both our proprietary programs and the MHA programs, we may provide concessions such as interest rate reductions, forbearance of principal, and in some cases, principal forgiveness. These programs generally include trial periods of three months, and after successful completion and compliance with terms during this period, the loan is considered to be modified. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section in this Report for discussion on how we determine the allowance attributable to our modified residential real estate portfolios.

The concentrations of real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 16. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to borrowers in California represented approximately 14% of total loans (3% of this amount were PCI loans from Wachovia) at June 30, 2011, mostly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 3% of total loans. We continuously monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for all geographic areas of our real estate 1-4 family mortgage portfolio as part of our credit risk management process.

Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, FICO scores and collateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio. All three credit risk metrics showed improvement in second quarter 2011, on the non-PCI mortgage portfolio. Loans 30 days or more delinquent at June 30, 2011, totaled $18.4 billion, or 7%, of total non-PCI mortgages, down 9% from December 31, 2010. Loans with FICO scores lower than 640 totaled $47.0 billion at June 30, 2011 or 17% of all non-PCI mortgages, a decline of 8% from year-end. Mortgages with a LTV/CLTV greater than 100% totaled $79.4 billion at June 30, 2011 or 28% of total non-PCI mortgages, a 7% decline from year-end. Information regarding credit risk trends can be found in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 16: Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans by State


	June 30, 2011

	Real estate		Real estate		Total real

	1-4 family		1-4 family		estate 1-4		% of

	first		junior lien		family		total

(in millions)	mortgage		mortgage		mortgage		loans


PCI loans:
California	$	20,540		45		20,585		3	%
Florida		2,899		46		2,945		*
New Jersey		1,294		29		1,323		*
Other (1)		6,715		109		6,824		*


Total PCI loans	$	31,448		229		31,677		4	%


All other loans:
California	$	54,622		25,126		79,748		11	%
Florida		16,636		7,962		24,598		3
New Jersey		9,038		6,364		15,402		2
New York		8,431		3,695		12,126		2
Virginia		5,962		4,541		10,503		1
Pennsylvania		6,102		4,021		10,123		1
North Carolina		5,804		3,617		9,421		1
Georgia		4,696		3,499		8,195		1
Texas		6,447		1,435		7,882		1
Other (2)		73,688		29,458		103,146		15


Total all
other loans	$	191,426		89,718		281,144		38	%


Total	$	222,874		89,947		312,821		42	%


*		Less than 1%.

(1)		Consists of 46 states; no state had loans in excess of $733 million.

(2)		Consists of 41 states; no state had loans in excess of $6.7 billion. Includes $15.7 billion in loans that are insured by the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

PICK-A-PAY PORTFOLIO The Pick-a-Pay portfolio was one of the consumer residential first mortgage portfolios we acquired from Wachovia. We considered a majority of the Pick-a-Pay loans to be PCI loans. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is a liquidating portfolio, as Wachovia ceased originating new Pick-a-Pay loans in 2008.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes loans that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), and also includes loans that were originated without the option payment feature, loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our

modification efforts since the acquisition, and loans where the customer voluntarily converted to a fixed-rate product. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is included in the consumer real estate 1-4 family first mortgage class of loans throughout this Report. Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and lines of credit associated with Pick-a-Pay loans are reported in the Home Equity portfolio. Table 17 provides balances over time related to the types of loans included in the portfolio since acquisition.

Table 17: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio — Balances Over Time


	June 30,					December 31,

	2011					2010					2008

	Adjusted					Adjusted					Adjusted
	unpaid					unpaid					unpaid
	principal					principal					principal
(in millions)	balance		% of total			balance		% of total			balance		% of total


Option payment loans (1)	$	44,157		56	%	$	49,958		59	%	$	99,937		86	%
Non-option payment adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans (1)		10,577		14			11,070		13			15,763		14
Full-term loan modifications (1)		23,481		30			23,132		28			-		-


Total adjusted unpaid principal balance (1)	$	78,215		100	%	$	84,160		100	%	$	115,700		100	%


Total carrying value	$	69,587				$	74,815				$	95,315


(1)		Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

PCI loans in the Pick-a-Pay portfolio had an adjusted unpaid principal balance of $39.5 billion and a carrying value of $30.7 billion at June 30, 2011. The carrying value of the PCI loans is net of remaining purchase accounting write-downs, which reflected their fair value at acquisition. At acquisition, we recorded a $22.4 billion write-down in purchase accounting on Pick-a-Pay loans that were impaired.

Pick-a-Pay option payment loans may be adjustable or fixed rate. They are home mortgages on which the customer has the option each month to select from among four payment options: (1) a minimum payment as described below, (2) an interest-only payment, (3) a fully amortizing 15-year payment, or (4) a fully amortizing 30-year payment.

The minimum monthly payment for substantially all of our Pick-a-Pay loans is reset annually. The new minimum monthly payment amount usually cannot increase by more than 7.5% of the then-existing principal and interest payment amount. The minimum payment may not be sufficient to pay the monthly interest due and in those situations a loan on which the customer has made a minimum payment is subject to “negative amortization,” where unpaid interest is added to the principal balance of the loan. The amount of interest that has been added to a loan balance is referred to as “deferred interest.” Total deferred interest of $2.3 billion at June 30, 2011, down from $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010, was due to loan modification efforts as well as falling interest rates resulting in the minimum payment option covering interest and some principal on many loans. Approximately 79% of the Pick-a-Pay customers making a minimum payment in June 2011 did not defer interest.

Deferral of interest on a Pick-a-Pay loan may continue as long as the loan balance remains below a pre-defined principal cap, which is based on the percentage that the current loan balance represents to the original loan balance. Loans with an original loan-to-value (LTV) ratio equal to or below 85% have a cap of 125% of the original loan balance, and these loans represent substantially all the Pick-a-Pay portfolio. Loans with an original LTV ratio above 85% have a cap of 110% of the original loan balance. Most of the Pick-a-Pay loans on which there is a deferred interest balance re-amortize (the monthly payment amount is reset or “recast”) on the earlier of the date when the loan balance reaches its principal cap, or the 10-year anniversary of the loan. For a small population of Pick-a-Pay loans, the recast occurs at the five-year anniversary. After a recast, the customers’ new payment terms are reset to the amount necessary to repay the balance over the remainder of the original loan term.

Due to the terms of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, there is little recast risk in the near term. Based on assumptions of a flat rate environment, if all eligible customers elect the minimum payment option 100% of the time and no balances prepay, we would expect the following balances of loans to recast based on reaching the principal cap: $1 million for the remainder of 2011, $3 million in 2012, and $30 million in 2013. In second quarter 2011, no loans were recast based on reaching the principal cap. In addition, in a flat rate environment, we would expect the following balances of loans to start fully amortizing due to reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change at the recast date greater than the annual 7.5% reset:

$11 million for the remainder of 2011, $66 million in 2012, and $289 million in 2013. In second quarter 2011, the amount of loans reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change over the annual 7.5% reset was $4 million.

Table 18 reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. In stressed housing markets with declining home prices and increasing delinquencies, the LTV ratio is a useful metric in

predicting future real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value, including write-downs for expected credit losses, the ratio of the carrying value to the current collateral value will be lower compared with the LTV based on the adjusted unpaid principal balance. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios for PCI loans in the following table.

Table 18: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio (1)


	June 30, 2011

	PCI loans										All other loans

								Ratio of					Ratio of
	Adjusted							carrying					carrying
	unpaid		Current					value to					value to
	principal		LTV			Carrying		current			Carrying		current
(in millions)	balance (2)		ratio (3)			value (4)		value (5)			value (4)		value (5)


California	$	26,851		119	%	$	20,464		90	%	$	19,011		84	%
Florida		3,621		124			2,759		89			4,002		103
New Jersey		1,384		93			1,231		82			2,450		79
Texas		356		79			325		72			1,589		65
New York		772		92			681		80			1,062		81
Other states		6,499		110			5,239		88			10,774		87


Total Pick-a-Pay loans	$	39,483				$	30,699				$	38,888


(1)		The individual states shown in this table represent the top five states based on the total net carrying value of the Pick-a-Pay loans at the beginning of 2011.

(2)		Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

(3)		The current LTV ratio is calculated as the adjusted unpaid principal balance divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.

(4)		Carrying value, which does not reflect the allowance for loan losses, includes remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which, for PCI loans may include the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield and, for all other loans, an adjustment to mark the loans to a market yield at date of merger less any subsequent charge-offs.

(5)		The ratio of carrying value to current value is calculated as the carrying value divided by the collateral value.

To maximize return and allow flexibility for customers to avoid foreclosure, we have in place several loss mitigation strategies for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. We contact customers who are experiencing difficulty and may in certain cases modify the terms of a loan based on a customer’s documented income and other circumstances.

We also have taken steps to work with customers to refinance or restructure their Pick-a-Pay loans into other loan products. For customers at risk, we offer combinations of term extensions of up to 40 years (from 30 years), interest rate reductions, forbearance of principal, and, in geographies with substantial property value declines, we may offer permanent principal reductions.

In second quarter 2011, we completed more than 5,000 proprietary and HAMP Pick-a-Pay loan modifications and have completed more than 90,000 modifications since the Wachovia acquisition, resulting in $4.0 billion of principal forgiveness to our Pick-a-Pay customers. As announced in October 2010, we entered into agreements with certain state attorneys general whereby we agreed to offer loan modifications to eligible Pick-a-Pay customers through June 2013. These agreements cover the majority of our option payment loan portfolio and require that we offer modifications (both HAMP and proprietary) to eligible

customers with the option payment loan product. In response to these agreements, we developed an enhanced proprietary modification product that allows for various means of principal forgiveness along with changes to other loan terms. Given that these agreements cover all modification efforts to eligible customers for the applicable states, a majority of our modifications (both HAMP and proprietary) for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio performed in second quarter 2011 are consistent with these agreements.

Due to better than expected performance observed on the Pick-a-Pay portfolio compared with the original acquisition estimates, we have reclassified $2.4 billion from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield since acquisition. Our performance is primarily attributable to significant modification efforts as well as the portfolio’s delinquency stabilization. The resulting increase in the accretable yield will be realized over the remaining life of the portfolio, which is estimated to have a weighted-average life of approximately ten years. The accretable yield percentage in second quarter 2011 was 4.54%, consistent with fourth quarter 2010. Fluctuations in the accretable yield are driven by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans, prepayment assumptions, and expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

of the portfolio. Changes in the projected timing of cash flow events, including loan liquidations, modifications and short

sales, can also affect the accretable yield percentage and the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio.

HOME EQUITY PORTFOLIOS Our Home Equity Portfolios consist of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate. Our first lien lines of credit represent 19% of our home equity portfolio and are included in real estate 1-4 family first mortgages. The majority of our junior lien loan products are amortizing payment loans with fixed interest rates and repayment periods between 5 to 30 years. Junior lien loans with balloon payments at the end of the repayment term represent a small portion of our junior lien loans.

Our first and junior lien lines of credit products generally have a draw period of 10 years with variable interest rates and payment options during the draw period of (1) interest only or (2) 1.5% of total outstanding balance. During the draw period, the borrower has the option of converting all or a portion of the line from a variable interest rate to a fixed rate with terms including interest-only payments for a fixed period between three to seven years or a fully amortizing payment with a fixed period between five to 30 years. At the end of the draw period, a line of credit generally converts to an amortizing payment loan with repayment terms of up to 30 years based on the balance at time of conversion. The draw periods for a majority of our lines of credit end after 2015.

We continuously monitor the credit performance of our junior lien mortgage portfolio for trends and factors that influence the frequency and severity of loss. We have observed that the severity of loss for junior lien mortgages is high and generally not affected by whether we or a third party own or service the related first mortgage, but that the frequency of loss is lower when we own or service the first mortgage. Although we have observed that delinquency and default rates are lower when we own or service the related first mortgage, we have limited information available to identify which of our junior liens are behind delinquent third party originated or serviced first mortgages. To capture this loss content, we refined our allowance process during second quarter 2011 utilizing the experience of our junior lien mortgages behind delinquent first liens that are owned or serviced by us adjusted for observed higher delinquency rates associated with junior lien mortgages behind third party first mortgages. We then incorporated this expected loss content into our allowance for loan losses, which added $210 million to our allowance. Table 19 summarizes delinquency and loss rates by the holder of the lien.

Table 19: Home Equity Portfolios Performance by Holder of 1st Lien (1)


			% of
			loans two			Loss rate
			payments			(annualized)
	Outstanding		or more			quarter
(in millions)	balance		past due			ended


June 30, 2011
First lien lines	$	20,941		2.85	%		0.82
Junior lien behind Wells Fargo owned or serviced first lien		44,963		2.78			3.76
Junior lien behind Third party first lien		44,779		3.53			4.32


Total	$	110,683		3.09			3.43


(1)		Excludes PCI loans and includes $1.6 billion at June 30, 2011, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

We also monitor the number of borrowers paying the minimum amount due on a monthly basis. In June 2011, approximately 93% of our borrowers with outstanding balances paid at least the minimum amount due, which included 46% of our borrowers paying only the minimum amount due.

The home equity liquidating portfolio includes home equity loans generated through third party channels, including correspondent loans. This liquidating portfolio represents less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at June 30, 2011, and

contains some of the highest risk in our home equity portfolio, with a loss rate of 9.22% compared with 3.08% for the core (non-liquidating) home equity portfolio. Table 20 shows the credit attributes of the core and liquidating home equity portfolios and lists the top five states in each portfolio showing that California loans represent the largest state concentration in each of these portfolios. The decrease in outstanding balances primarily reflects loan paydowns and charge-offs.

Table 20: Home Equity Portfolios (1)


					% of loans					Loss rate
					two payments					(annualized)
	Outstanding balance				or more past due					quarter ended
	June 30,		Dec. 31,		June 30,			Dec. 31,		June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010		2011			2010		2011		2010


Core portfolio (2)
California	$	26,651		27,850		2.98	%		3.30		3.69		3.95
Florida		11,200		12,036		4.91			5.46		5.23		5.84
New Jersey		8,010		8,629		3.57			3.44		2.05		1.83
Virginia		5,358		5,667		2.19			2.33		1.85		1.70
Pennsylvania		5,161		5,432		2.39			2.48		1.49		1.11
Other		48,037		50,976		2.60			2.83		2.70		2.86


Total		104,417		110,590		2.99			3.24		3.08		3.24


Liquidating portfolio
California		2,233		2,555		5.69			6.66		12.73		13.48
Florida		288		330		6.97			8.85		10.52		10.59
Arizona		127		149		7.01			6.91		14.01		18.45
Texas		106		125		1.12			2.02		3.40		2.95
Minnesota		80		91		3.87			5.39		7.83		8.73
Other		3,432		3,654		4.04			4.53		6.73		6.46


Total		6,266		6,904		4.77			5.54		9.22		9.49


Total core and liquidating portfolios	$	110,683		117,494		3.09			3.37		3.43		3.61


(1)		Consists predominantly of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate, excluding PCI loans.

(2)		Includes $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion at June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

CREDIT CARDS Our credit card portfolio totaled $21.2 billion at June 30, 2011, which represented 3% of our total outstanding loans. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card loans declined throughout 2010 and was 5.63% for second quarter 2011 compared with 10.45% for second quarter 2010.

OTHER REVOLVING CREDIT AND INSTALLMENT Other revolving credit and installment loans totaled $87.2 billion at June 30, 2011, and predominantly include automobile, student and security-based margin loans. The quarterly loss rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 1.03% for second quarter 2011 compared with 1.63% for second quarter 2010. Excluding government guaranteed student loans, the loss rates were 1.23% and 2.02% for second quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

NONACCRUAL LOANS AND FORECLOSED ASSETS We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:

•

the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any);

•

they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interest or principal, unless both well-secured and in the process of collection; or

•

part of the principal balance has been charged off and no restructuring has occurred.

Table 21 shows a quarterly trend for nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets, and, beginning in fourth quarter 2010, shows a decline in the total balance from the prior quarter for the first time since the acquisition of Wachovia. The decline continued in the first two quarters of 2011.

Table 21: Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)


	June 30, 2011						March 31, 2011						December 31, 2010						September 30, 2010
				% of						% of						% of					% of
				total						total						total					total
($ in millions)	Balances			loans			Balances			loans			Balances			loans			Balances		loans

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	2,393			1.52	%	$	2,653			1.76	%	$	3,213			2.12	%	$	4,103		2.79	%
Real estate mortgage		4,691			4.62			5,239			5.18			5,227			5.26			5,079		5.14
Real estate construction		2,043			9.56			2,239			9.79			2,676			10.56			3,198		11.46
Lease financing		79			0.61			95			0.73			108			0.82			138		1.06
Foreign		59			0.16			86			0.24			127			0.39			126		0.42

Total commercial (1)		9,265			2.80			10,312			3.19			11,351			3.52			12,644		3.99

Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)		11,427			5.13			12,143			5.36			12,289			5.34			12,969		5.69
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		2,098			2.33			2,235			2.40			2,302			2.39			2,380		2.40
Other revolving credit and installment		255			0.29			275			0.31			300			0.35			312		0.35

Total consumer		13,780			3.27			14,653			3.42			14,891			3.42			15,661		3.58

Total nonaccrual loans (3)(4)(5)		23,045			3.06			24,965			3.32			26,242			3.47			28,305		3.76

Foreclosed assets:
Government insured/guaranteed (6)		1,320						1,457						1,479						1,492
Non-government insured/guaranteed		3,541						4,055						4,530						4,635

Total foreclosed assets		4,861						5,512						6,009						6,127

Total nonperforming assets	$	27,906			3.71	%	$	30,477			4.06	%	$	32,251			4.26	%	$	34,432		4.57	%

Change from prior quarter	$	(2,571	)					(1,774	)					(2,181	)					1,627


(1)		Includes LHFS of $52 million, $17 million, $3 million and $89 million at June 30 and March 31, 2011, and December 31, and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(2)		Includes MHFS of $304 million, $430 million, $426 million and $448 million at June 30 and March 31, 2011, and December 31 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(3)		Excludes loans acquired from Wachovia that are accounted for as PCI loans because they continue to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.

(4)		Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) and student loans predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed.

(5)		See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report and Note 6 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K for further information on impaired loans.

(6)		Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans is classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

Total NPAs were $27.9 billion (3.71% of total loans) at June 30, 2011, and included $23.0 billion of nonaccrual loans and $4.9 billion of foreclosed assets. Since the peak in third quarter 2010, NPAs have declined for all loan and other asset types

through June 30, 2011. New inflows to nonaccrual loans continued to decline. Table 22 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.

Table 22: Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans


	Quarter ended
	June 30,			Mar. 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2011			2010			2010			2010


Commercial nonaccrual loans
Balance, beginning of quarter	$	10,312			11,351			12,644			12,239			12,265
Inflows		1,622			1,881			2,329			2,807			2,560
Outflows		(2,669	)		(2,920	)		(3,622	)		(2,402	)		(2,586	)

Balance, end of quarter		9,265			10,312			11,351			12,644			12,239


Consumer nonaccrual loans
Balance, beginning of quarter		14,653			14,891			15,661			15,572			15,036
Inflows		3,443			3,955			4,357			4,866			4,733
Outflows		(4,316	)		(4,193	)		(5,127	)		(4,777	)		(4,197	)


Balance, end of quarter		13,780			14,653			14,891			15,661			15,572


Total nonaccrual loans	$	23,045			24,965			26,242			28,305			27,811

Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that reach a specified past due status, offset by reductions for loans that are charged off, sold, transferred to foreclosed properties, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual because they return to accrual status.

While nonaccrual loans are not free of loss content, we believe exposure to loss is significantly mitigated by four factors. First, 99% of consumer nonaccrual loans and 95% of commercial nonaccrual loans are secured. Of the $13.8 billion of consumer nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2011, 98% are secured by real estate and 36% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or below. Second, losses have already been recognized on 52% of the remaining balance of consumer nonaccruals and commercial nonaccruals have been written down by $2.4 billion. Generally, when a consumer real estate loan is 120 days past due, we transfer it to nonaccrual status. When the loan reaches 180 days past due it is our policy to write these loans down to net realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell), except for modifications in their trial period which are not written down as long as trial payments are made on time. Thereafter, we revalue each loan regularly and recognize additional write-downs if needed. Third, as of June 30, 2011, 57% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest. Fourth, the inherent risk of loss in all nonaccruals has been considered and we believe is adequately covered by the allowance for loan losses.

Under both our proprietary modification programs and the MHA programs, customers may be required to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of trial payment periods to demonstrate sustained performance, before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status. In addition, for loans in foreclosure, many states, including California, Florida and New Jersey, have enacted legislation that significantly increases the time frames to complete the foreclosure process, meaning that loans will

remain in nonaccrual status for longer periods. At the conclusion of the foreclosure process, we continue to sell real estate owned in a timely manner.

Table 23 provides a summary of foreclosed assets and an analysis of the changes.

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 23: Foreclosed Assets


	June 30,			Mar. 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2011			2010			2010			2010


Balance, period end
Government insured/guaranteed (1)	$	1,320			1,457			1,479			1,492			1,344
PCI loans:
Commercial		993			1,005			967			1,043			940
Consumer		469			741			1,068			1,109			722


Total PCI loans		1,462			1,746			2,035			2,152			1,662


All other loans:
Commercial		1,409			1,408			1,412			1,343			1,087
Consumer		670			901			1,083			1,140			901


Total all other loans		2,079			2,309			2,495			2,483			1,988


Total foreclosed assets	$	4,861			5,512			6,009			6,127			4,994


Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets
Balance, beginning of quarter	$	5,512			6,009			6,127			4,994			4,081
Foreclosed assets acquired		862			1,340			2,072			2,837			2,337
Reductions:
Sales		(1,413	)		(1,657	)		(1,776	)		(1,304	)		(1,246	)
Write-downs and loss on sales		(100	)		(180	)		(414	)		(400	)		(178	)


Total reductions		(1,513	)		(1,837	)		(2,190	)		(1,704	)		(1,424	)


Balance, end of quarter	$	4,861			5,512			6,009			6,127			4,994


(1)		Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans is classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

NPAs at June 30, 2011, included $1.3 billion of foreclosed real estate that is FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have little to no loss content, and $3.6 billion of foreclosed assets, which have been written down to net realizable value. Foreclosed assets decreased $133 million, or 3%, year over year in second quarter 2011. Of this decrease, $200 million were foreclosed loans from the PCI portfolio that are now recorded as foreclosed assets. At June 30, 2011, most of our foreclosed assets of $4.9 billion have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less.

Given our real estate-secured loan concentrations and current economic conditions, we anticipate continuing to hold a high level of NPAs on our balance sheet. The loss content in the nonaccrual loans has been recognized through charge-offs or provided for in the allowance for credit losses at June 30, 2011. The performance of any one loan can be affected by external factors, such as economic or market conditions, or factors affecting a particular borrower. See the “Risk Management — Allowance for Credit Losses” section in this Report for additional information.

We process foreclosures on a regular basis for the loans we service for others as well as those we hold in our loan portfolio. We utilize foreclosure, however, only as a last resort for dealing with borrowers experiencing financial hardships. We employ extensive contact and restructuring procedures to attempt to find other solutions for our borrowers. We maintain appropriate staffing in our workout and collection teams to ensure troubled borrowers receive appropriate attention and assistance.

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

Table 24: Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)


	June 30,		Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,
(in millions)	2011		2011		2010		2010		2010


Consumer TDRs:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage	$	12,938		12,261		11,603		10,951		9,525
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		1,910		1,824		1,626		1,566		1,469
Other revolving credit and installment		838		859		778		674		502


Total consumer TDRs		15,686		14,944		14,007		13,191		11,496


Commercial TDRs		2,595		2,352		1,751		1,350		656


Total TDRs	$	18,281		17,296		15,758		14,541		12,152


TDRs on nonaccrual status	$	5,308		5,041		5,185		5,177		3,877
TDRs on accrual status		12,973		12,255		10,573		9,364		8,275


Total TDRs	$	18,281		17,296		15,758		14,541		12,152

Table 24 provides information regarding the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for TDR loans was $4.5 billion at June 30, 2011, and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010. Total charge-offs related to loans modified in a TDR that were still held on the balance sheet at period end were $491 million and $486 million for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We do not forgive principal for a majority of our TDRs, but in those situations where principal is forgiven, the entire amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off to the extent not done so prior to the modification. We sometimes delay the timing on the repayment of a portion of principal (principal forbearance) and charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible.

Our nonaccrual policies are generally the same for all loan types when a restructuring is involved. We underwrite loans at the time of restructuring to determine whether there is sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity based on the borrower’s documented income, debt to income ratios, and other factors. Any loans lacking sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity at the time of modification are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if applicable. For an accruing loan that has been modified, if the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will remain in accruing status. Otherwise, the loan will be placed in nonaccrual status generally until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance, generally six consecutive months of payments, or equivalent, inclusive of consecutive payments made prior to modification. Loans will also be placed on nonaccrual, and a corresponding charge-off is recorded to the loan balance, if we believe that principal and interest contractually due under the modified agreement will not be collectible.

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Loans included in this category are 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal and still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $9.8 billion, $10.8 billion, $11.6 billion, $13.0 billion, and $15.1 billion at June 30 and March 31, 2011, and December 31, September 30 and June 30, 2010, respectively, are excluded from this disclosure even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

Excluding insured/guaranteed loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at June 30, 2011, were down $819 million, or 31%, from December 31, 2010. The decline was due to loss mitigation activities including modifications and increased collection capacity/process improvements, charge-offs, lower early stage delinquency levels and credit stabilization.

Table 25 reflects non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed. For additional information on delinquencies by loan class, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 25: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing


	June 30,		Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,
(in millions)	2011		2011		2010		2010		2010


Total (excluding PCI):	$	17,318		17,901		18,488		18,815		19,384
Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)		14,474		14,353		14,733		14,529		14,387
Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (2)		1,014		1,120		1,106		1,113		1,122


Total, not government insured/guaranteed	$	1,830		2,428		2,649		3,173		3,875


By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	110		338		308		222		540
Real estate mortgage		137		177		104		463		654
Real estate construction		86		156		193		332		471
Foreign		12		16		22		27		21


Total commercial		345		687		627		1,044		1,686


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (3)		728		858		941		1,016		1,049
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)		286		325		366		361		352
Credit card		334		413		516		560		610
Other revolving credit and installment		137		145		199		192		178


Total consumer		1,485		1,741		2,022		2,129		2,189


Total, not government insured/guaranteed	$	1,830		2,428		2,649		3,173		3,875


(1)		Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

(2)		Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP).

(3)		Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

NET CHARGE-OFFS

Table 26: Net Charge-offs


	Quarter ended
	June 30, 2011					March 31, 2011					December 31, 2010					September 30, 2010					June 30, 2010
	Net loan		% of			Net loan		% of			Net loan		% of			Net loan		% of			Net loan		% of
	charge-		avg.			charge-		avg.			charge-		avg.			charge-		avg.			charge-		avg.
($ in millions)	offs		loans(1)			offs		loans (1)			offs		loans (1)			offs		loans (1)			offs		loans (1)

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	254		0.66	%	$	354		0.96	%	$	500		1.34	%	$	509		1.38	%	$	689		1.87	%
Real estate mortgage		128		0.50			152		0.62			234		0.94			218		0.87			360		1.47
Real estate construction		72		1.32			83		1.38			171		2.51			276		3.72			238		2.90
Lease financing		1		0.01			6		0.18			21		0.61			23		0.71			27		0.78
Foreign		47		0.52			28		0.34			28		0.36			39		0.52			42		0.57

Total commercial		502		0.62			623		0.79			954		1.19			1,065		1.33			1,356		1.69

Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		909		1.62			904		1.60			1,024		1.77			1,034		1.78			1,009		1.70
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		909		3.97			994		4.25			1,005		4.08			1,085		4.30			1,184		4.62
Credit card		294		5.63			382		7.21			452		8.21			504		9.06			579		10.45
Other revolving credit and installment		224		1.03			307		1.42			404		1.84			407		1.83			361		1.64

Total consumer		2,336		2.21			2,587		2.42			2,885		2.63			3,030		2.72			3,133		2.79

Total	$	2,838		1.52	%	$	3,210		1.73	%	$	3,839		2.02	%	$	4,095		2.14	%	$	4,489		2.33	%

(1) Quarterly net charge-offs as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.

Table 26 presents net charge-offs for second quarter 2011 and the previous four quarters. Net charge-offs in second quarter 2011 were $2.8 billion (1.52% of average total loans outstanding) compared with $4.5 billion (2.33%) in second quarter 2010.

Net charge-offs in the 1-4 family first mortgage portfolio totaled $909 million in second quarter 2011. Our 1-4 family first mortgage portfolio continued to reflect relatively low loss rates, although until housing prices fully stabilize, these credit losses will continue to remain elevated.

Net charge-offs in the real estate 1-4 family junior lien portfolio were $909 million in second quarter 2011. More information about the Home Equity portfolio, which includes substantially all of our real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage loans, is available in Table 20 in this Report and the related discussion.

Credit card net charge-offs of $294 million in second quarter 2011 decreased $285 million from a year ago.

Commercial net charge-offs were $502 million in second quarter 2011 compared with $1.4 billion a year ago. Commercial credit results continued to improve from second quarter 2010 as market liquidity and improving market conditions helped stabilize performance results.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments at the balance sheet date, excluding loans carried at fair value. The detail of the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. Table 27 provides a summary of our allowance for credit losses.

We employ a disciplined process and methodology to establish our allowance for credit losses each quarter. This process takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific loss factors. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These trends, however, do not solely determine the adequacy of the allowance as we use several analytical tools in determining its adequacy. For additional information on our allowance for credit losses, see the “Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 27: Allowance for Credit Losses


	June 30,			Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2011		2010		2010		2010

Components:
Allowance for loan losses	$	20,893			21,983		23,022		23,939		24,584
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments		369			400		441		433		501

Allowance for credit losses		21,262			22,383		23,463		24,372		25,085

Allowance for credit losses related to PCI loans	$	273			257		298		379		225

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans		2.78	%		2.93		3.04		3.18		3.21
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of annualized net charge-offs		184			169		151		147		137
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans		2.83			2.98		3.10		3.23		3.27
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans		92			90		89		86		90

In addition to the allowance for credit losses, there was $12.1 billion at June 30, 2011, and $12.9 billion at March 31, 2011, of nonaccretable difference to absorb losses for PCI loans. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management — Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total nonaccrual loans may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength and the value and marketability of collateral. Over half of nonaccrual loans were home mortgages at June 30, 2011.

The $1.1 billion linked-quarter decline in the allowance for loan losses in second quarter 2011 reflected continued improvement in consumer delinquency trends, reduced nonperforming loans and improved portfolio performance. Additionally, the loan portfolio at June 30, 2011, consisted of higher percentages of more recent vintage loans subjected to tightened underwriting standards.

Total provision for credit losses was $1.8 billion in second quarter 2011, compared with $4.0 billion a year ago. The second quarter 2011 provision was $1.0 billion less than net charge-offs, compared with a provision that was $500 million less than net charge-offs in second quarter 2010.

In determining the appropriate allowance attributable to our residential mortgage portfolio, we incorporate the default rates and high severity of loss for junior lien mortgages behind

delinquent first lien mortgages into our loss forecasting calculations. In addition, the loss rates we use in determining our allowance include the impact of our established loan modification programs. When modifications occur or are probable to occur, our allowance considers the impact of these modifications, taking into consideration the associated credit cost, including re-defaults of modified loans and projected loss severity. Accordingly, the loss content associated with the effects of existing and probable loan modifications and junior lien mortgages behind delinquent first lien mortgages has been captured in our allowance methodology.

Changes in the allowance reflect changes in statistically derived loss estimates, historical loss experience, current trends in borrower risk and/or general economic activity on portfolio performance, and management’s estimate for imprecision and uncertainty, including ongoing discussions with regulatory and government agencies regarding mortgage foreclosure-related matters.

We believe the allowance for credit losses of $21.3 billion is adequate to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at June 30, 2011. The allowance for credit losses is subject to change and considers existing factors at the time, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in our external business environment, it is possible that we will have to record incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. However, absent significant deterioration in the economy, we expect future reserve releases. Our process for determining the allowance for credit losses is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to the Financial Statements in this Report.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

LIABILITY FOR MORTGAGE LOAN REPURCHASE LOSSES We sell residential mortgage loans to various parties, including (1) government-sponsored entities Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (GSEs) who include the mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, (2) special purpose entities (SPEs) that issue private label mortgage-backed securities (MBS), and (3) other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. In addition, we pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans that back securities guaranteed by GNMA. We may be required to repurchase these mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans (collectively “repurchase”) in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach. For additional information see our 2010 Form 10-K.

We have established a mortgage repurchase liability related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of losses for loans for which we have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Our mortgage repurchase liability estimation process also incorporates projected and on hand mortgage insurance rescissions that we deem to be probable to result in a repurchase demand. Currently, repurchase demands primarily relate to 2006 through 2008 vintages and to GSE-guaranteed MBS.

During second quarter 2011, we observed a decline in our level of total repurchases and losses as we continued to work through the remaining risk associated with the 2006 through 2008 vintages. We repurchased or reimbursed investors for incurred losses on mortgage loans with original balances of $598 million. In second quarter 2011, we also negotiated a settlement on a pool of mortgage loans with original sold balances of $302 million. This settlement occurred with a private investor to whom we had sold the loans and settled all future mortgage repurchase requests for this pool of loans with this counterparty. We incurred net losses on repurchased loans, investor reimbursements and loan pool global settlements of $261 million in second quarter 2011.

Table 28 provides the number of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions. We do not typically receive repurchase requests from GNMA, FHA/HUD or VA. As an originator of an FHA insured or VA guaranteed loan, we are responsible for obtaining the insurance with FHA or the guarantee with the VA. To the extent we are not able to obtain the insurance or the guarantee we can request to repurchase the loan from the GNMA pool. Such repurchases from GNMA pools typically represent a self-initiated process upon discovery of the uninsurable loan (usually within 180 days from funding of the loan). Alternatively, in lieu of repurchasing loans from GNMA pools, we may be asked by the FHA/HUD or the VA to indemnify loans due to defects found in the Post Endorsement Technical Review process or audits performed by FHA/HUD or the VA. Our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses incorporates probable losses associated with indemnified loans in GNMA pools and uninsurable loans.

Table 28: Unresolved Repurchase Demands and Mortgage Insurance Rescissions


	Government								Mortgage insurance
	sponsored entities (1)				Private				rescissions with no demand (2)				Total
	Number of		Original loan		Number of		Original loan		Number of		Original loan		Number of		Original loan
($ in millions)	loans		balance (3)		loans		balance (3)		loans		balance (3)		loans		balance (3)

2011
June 30,		6,876	$	1,565		695	$	230		2,019	$	444		9,590	$	2,239
March 31,		6,210		1,395		1,973		424		2,885		674		11,068		2,493

2010
December 31,		6,501		1,467		2,899		680		3,248		801		12,648		2,948
September 30,		9,887		2,212		3,605		882		3,035		748		16,527		3,842
June 30,		12,536		2,840		3,160		707		2,979		760		18,675		4,307
March 31,		10,804		2,499		2,320		519		2,843		737		15,967		3,755


(1)		Includes repurchase demands of 892 and $179 million, 685 and $132 million, 1,495 and $291 million, 2,263 and $437 million, 2,141 and $417 million, and 1,824 and $372 million for June 30 and March 31, 2011, and December 31, September 30, June 30, and March 31, 2010, respectively, received from investors on mortgage servicing rights acquired from other originators. We generally have the right of recourse against the seller and may be able to recover losses related to such repurchase demands subject to counterparty risk associated with the seller.
(2)		As part of our representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts, we typically represent to GSEs and private investors that certain loans have mortgage insurance to the extent there are loans that have loan to value ratios in excess of 80% which require mortgage insurance. To the extent the mortgage insurance is rescinded by the mortgage insurer, the lack of insurance may result in a repurchase demand from an investor. Similar to repurchase demands, we evaluate mortgage insurance rescission notices for validity and appeal for reinstatement if the rescission was not based on a contractual breach. When investor demands are received due to lack of mortgage insurance, they are reported as unresolved repurchase demands based on the applicable investor category for the loan (GSE or private). Over the last year, approximately 20% of our repurchase demands from GSEs had mortgage insurance rescission as one of the reasons for the repurchase demand. Of all the mortgage insurance rescissions notices received in 2010, approximately 70% have resulted in repurchase demands through June of 2011. Not all mortgage insurance rescissions received in 2010 have been completed through the appeals process with the mortgage insurer and upon successful appeal, we work with the investor to rescind the repurchase demand.
(3)		While original loan balance related to these demands is presented above, the establishment of the repurchase liability is based on a combination of factors, such as our appeals success rates, reimbursement by correspondent and other third party originators, and projected loss severity, which is driven by the difference between the current loan balance and the estimated collateral value less costs to sell the property.

The level of repurchase demands outstanding at June 30, 2011, was down from a year ago in both number of outstanding loans and in total dollar balances as we continued to work through the demands. While GSE repurchase demands outstanding have increased from December 31, 2010, due to an acceleration of timing of demand requests, which can fluctuate, we do not expect these demands to remain elevated and we do not believe these demands indicate an increased frequency of demands in the future. Customary with industry practice, we have the right of recourse against correspondent lenders from whom we have purchased loans with respect to representations and warranties. Of the repurchase demands presented in Table 28, approximately 20% relate to loans purchased from correspondent lenders. Due primarily to the financial difficulties of some correspondent lenders, we typically recover on average approximately 50% of losses from these lenders. Historical recovery rates as well as projected lender performance are incorporated in the establishment of our mortgage repurchase liability.

Our liability for repurchases, included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated financial statements, was $1.2 billion at June 30 and March 31, 2011. In the quarter ended June 30, 2011, $242 million of additions to the liability were recorded, which reduced net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities. Our additions to the repurchase liability in the quarter ended June 30, 2011, reflect updated assumptions about repurchase risk on outstanding demands, particularly on the 2006-2008 vintages.

We believe we have a high quality residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio. Of the $1.8 trillion in the residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio at June 30, 2011, 93% was current, less than 2% was subprime at origination, and approximately 1% was home equity securitizations. Our combined delinquency and foreclosure rate on this portfolio was 7.44% at June 30, 2011, compared with 7.22% at March 31, 2011. In this portfolio 6% are private securitizations where we originated the loan and therefore have some repurchase risk. For this private securitization segment of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio, 58% are loans from 2005 vintages or earlier (weighted average age of 69 months); 80% were prime at origination; and approximately 70% are jumbo loans. The weighted-average LTV as of June 30, 2011, for this private securitization segment was 77%. We believe the highest risk segment of these private securitizations is the subprime loans originated in 2006 and 2007. These subprime loans have seller representations and warranties and currently have LTVs close to or exceeding 100%, and represent 8% of the 6% private securitization portion of the residential mortgage servicing portfolio. We had only $72 million of repurchased loans related to private securitizations in second quarter 2011. Of the servicing portfolio, 4% is non-agency acquired servicing and 2% is private whole loan sales. We did not underwrite and securitize the non-agency acquired servicing and therefore we have no obligation on that portion of our servicing portfolio to the investor for any repurchase demands arising from origination practices. For the private whole loan segment, while we do have repurchase risk on these prior loan sales, less than 3% were subprime at origination and loans that were sold and subsequently securitized are included in the private securitization segment discussed above.

Table 29 summarizes the changes in our mortgage repurchase liability.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 29: Changes in Mortgage Repurchase Liability


	Quarter ended
	June 30,			Mar. 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2011			2010			2010			2010


Balance, beginning of period	$	1,207			1,289			1,331			1,375			1,263

Provision for repurchase losses:

Loan sales		20			35			35			29			36

Change in estimate — primarily due to credit deterioration		222			214			429			341			346


Total additions		242			249			464			370			382

Losses		(261	)		(331	)		(506	)		(414	)		(270	)


Balance, end of period	$	1,188			1,207			1,289			1,331			1,375

The mortgage repurchase liability of $1.2 billion at June 30, 2011, represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we will incur related to representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses depends upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs and other significant investors to monitor and address their repurchase demand practices and concerns. Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $1.8 billion at June 30, 2011, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions. For additional information on our repurchase liability, see the “Critical Accounting Policies — Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

To the extent that economic conditions and the housing market do not recover or future investor repurchase demands and appeals success rates differ from past experience, we could continue to have increased demands and increased loss severity on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase liability. However, some of the underwriting standards that were permitted by the GSEs for conforming loans in the 2006 through 2008 vintages, which significantly contributed to recent levels of repurchase demands, were tightened starting in mid to late 2008. Accordingly, we do not expect a similar rate of repurchase requests from the 2009 and prospective vintages, absent deterioration in economic conditions or changes in investor behavior.

RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIES In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential mortgage loans included in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. The loans we service were originated by us or by other mortgage loan originators. As servicer, our primary duties are typically to (1) collect payment due from borrowers, (2) advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest, (3) maintain and administer any hazard, title or primary mortgage insurance policies relating to the mortgage loans, (4) maintain any required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance and administer escrow payments, and (5) foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent consistent with the documents governing a securitization, consider alternatives to foreclosure, such as loan modifications or short sales. As master servicer, our primary duties are typically to (1) supervise, monitor and oversee the servicing of the mortgage loans by the servicer, (2) consult with each servicer and use reasonable efforts to cause the servicer to observe its servicing obligations, (3) prepare monthly distribution statements to security holders and, if required by the securitization documents, certain periodic reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), (4) if required by the securitization documents, calculate distributions and loss allocations on the mortgage-backed securities, (5) prepare tax and information returns of the securitization trust, and (6) advance amounts required by non-affiliated servicers who fail to perform their advancing obligations.

Each agreement under which we act as servicer or master servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for actions we take in such capacity and provides protection against expenses and liabilities we incur when acting in compliance with the specified standard. For example, most private label securitization agreements under which we act as servicer or master servicer typically provide that the servicer and the master servicer are entitled to indemnification by the securitization trust for taking action or refraining from taking action in good faith or for errors in judgment. However, we are not indemnified, but rather are required to indemnify the securitization trustee, against any failure by us, as servicer or master servicer, to perform our servicing obligations or any of our acts or omissions that involve wilful misfeasance, bad faith

or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, our duties. In addition, if we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer or master servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period following notice, which can generally be given by the securitization trustee or a specified percentage of security holders. Whole loan sale contracts under which we act as servicer generally include similar provisions with respect to our actions as servicer. The standards governing servicing in GSE-guaranteed securitizations, and the possible remedies for violations of such standards, vary, and those standards and remedies are determined by servicing guides maintained by the GSEs, contracts between the GSEs and individual servicers and topical guides published by the GSEs from time to time. Such remedies could include indemnification or repurchase of an affected mortgage loan.

For additional information regarding risks relating to our servicing activities, see pages 75-76 in our 2010 Form 10-K.

The FRB and OCC completed a joint interagency horizontal examination of foreclosure processing at large mortgage servicers, including Wells Fargo, to evaluate the adequacy of their controls and governance over bank foreclosure processes, including compliance with applicable federal and state law. The OCC and other federal banking regulators published this review on April 13, 2011. We have entered into consent orders with the OCC and FRB, both of which were made public on April 13, 2011. These orders incorporate remedial requirements for identified deficiencies; however, civil money penalties have not been assessed at this time. We have been working with our regulators for an extended period on servicing improvements and have already instituted enhancements. For additional information, see the discussion of mortgage related regulatory investigations in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report. Changes in servicing and foreclosure practices will increase the Company’s costs of servicing mortgage loans. As part of our quarterly MSR valuation process, we assess changes in expected future servicing and foreclosure costs, which in the first half of 2011, includes the estimated impact from the regulatory consent orders.

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management involves the evaluation, monitoring and management of interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. The Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO), which oversees these risks and reports periodically to the Finance Committee of the Board, consists of senior financial and business executives. Each of our principal business groups has its own asset/liability management committee and process linked to the Corporate ALCO process.

INTEREST RATE RISK Interest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We assess interest rate risk by comparing our most likely earnings plan with various earnings simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. For example, as of June 30, 2011, our most recent simulation indicated estimated earnings at risk of less than 1% of our most likely earnings plan over the next 12 months using a scenario in which the federal funds rate rises to 4.25% and the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury bond yield rises to 5.50%. Simulation estimates depend on, and will change with, the size and mix of our actual and projected balance sheet at the time of each simulation. Due to timing differences between the quarterly valuation of MSRs and the eventual impact of interest rates on mortgage banking volumes, earnings at risk in any particular quarter could be higher than the average earnings at risk over the 12-month simulation period, depending on the path of interest rates and on our hedging strategies for MSRs. See the “Risk Management — Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for more information.

We use exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposures. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount and estimated net fair value of these derivatives as of June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, are presented in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.

For additional information regarding interest rate risk, see page 76 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. For a discussion of mortgage banking interest rate and market risk, see pages 76-78 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by Treasury and LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, the hedge-carry income we earn on our economic hedges for the MSRs may not continue if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases, we shift composition of the hedge to more interest rate swaps, or there

are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that affect the implied carry.

The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $16.2 billion at June 30, 2011, and $15.9 billion at December 31, 2010. The weighted-average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 5.26% at June 30, 2011, and 5.39% at December 31, 2010. Our total MSRs represented 0.87% of mortgage loans serviced for others at June 30, 2011, and 0.86% at December 31, 2010.

MARKET RISK — TRADING ACTIVITIES From a market risk perspective, our net gains from trading activities are impacted by changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. We are exposed to market risk through customer accommodation trading, certain economic hedges classified as trading positions and, to a lesser extent, proprietary trading. Trading positions and related market risk exposure are subject to risk limits established and monitored by the Market Risk Committee and Corporate ALCO. These trading positions consist of both securities and derivative instruments. The primary purpose of our trading businesses is to accommodate customers in management of their market price risk. Net gains from trading activities are attributable to the following types of activity:

Table 30: Trading Activities


							Six months
	Quarter ended June 30,						ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Customer accommodation	$	190			281			687			826
Economic hedging		247			(127	)		348			(167	)
Proprietary		(23	)		(45	)		(9	)		(13	)

Total net trading gains	$	414			109			1,026			646

The amounts reflected in the table above capture only gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions and are reported within net gains on trading activities within noninterest income line item of the income statement. These amounts do not include interest income and other fees earned from related activities, which are reported within interest income from trading assets and other fees within noninterest income line items of the income statement. Categorization of net gains from trading activities in the table above is based on our own definition of those categories, as further described below, because no uniform definitions currently exist.

Customer accommodation trading consists of security or derivative transactions conducted in an effort to help customers manage their market price risks which are done on their behalf or driven by their investment needs. For the majority of our customer accommodation trading we serve as intermediary between buyer and seller. For example, we may enter into financial instruments with customers that use the instruments for risk management purposes and offset our exposure on such contracts by entering into separate instruments. Customer accommodation trading

also includes net gains related to market-making activities in which we take positions to facilitate expected customer order flow.

Economic hedges consist primarily of cash or derivative positions used to facilitate certain of our balance sheet risk management activities that did not qualify for hedge accounting or were not designated in a hedge accounting relationship. Economic hedges may also include securities which we elected to carry at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings in order to mitigate accounting measurement mismatches or avoid embedded derivative accounting complexities.

Proprietary trading consists of security or derivative positions executed for our own account based on market expectations or to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets. Proprietary trading activity is expected to be restricted by the Dodd-Frank Act section known as the “Volcker Rule,” which has not yet been finalized. Given that future rule-making is required by various governmental regulatory agencies to define proprietary trading within the context of the final “Volcker Rule,” our definition of proprietary trading may change. However, we have reduced or exited certain business activities in anticipation of the final “Volcker Rule.” As discussed within the noninterest income section of our financial results, proprietary trading activity is not significant to our financial results.

The fair value of our trading derivatives is reported in Notes 12 (Derivatives) and 13 (Fair Value) to Financial Statements in this Report. The fair value of our trading securities is reported in Note 13 (Fair Value) to Financial Statements in this Report.

The standardized approach for monitoring and reporting market risk for the trading activities consists of value-at-risk (VaR) metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing. VaR measures the worst expected loss over a given time interval and within a given confidence interval. We measure and report daily VaR at a 99% confidence interval based on actual changes in rates and prices over the past 250 trading days. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are considered trading positions. The average one-day VaR throughout second quarter 2011 was $28 million, with a lower bound of $19 million and an upper bound of $37 million.

MARKET RISK — EQUITY MARKETS We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. For additional information regarding market risk related to equity markets, see page 79 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

Table 31 provides information regarding our marketable and nonmarketable equity investments.

Table 31: Nonmarketable and Marketable Equity Investments


	June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010

Nonmarketable equity investments:
Private equity investments:
Cost method	$	3,143		3,240
Equity method		7,758		7,624
Federal bank stock		4,886		5,254
Principal investments		291		305


Total nonmarketable equity investments (1)	$	16,078		16,423


Marketable equity securities:
Cost	$	3,499		4,258
Net unrealized gains		856		931


Total marketable equity securities (2)	$	4,355		5,189


(1)		Included in other assets on the balance sheet. See Note 6 (Other Assets) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(2)		Included in securities available for sale. See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, the Corporate ALCO establishes and monitors liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. We set these guidelines for both the consolidated balance sheet and for the Parent to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.

Unencumbered debt and equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio provide asset liquidity, in addition to

the immediately liquid resources of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) and the FRB.

Core customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. At June 30, 2011, core deposits funded 108% of total loans compared with 99% a year ago. Additional funding is provided by long-term debt, other foreign deposits, and short-term borrowings.

Table 32 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.

Table 32: Short-Term Borrowings


	Quarter ended

	June 30,		Mar. 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,

(in millions)	2011		2011		2010		2010		2010


Balance, period end
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	17,357		17,228		17,454		16,856		16,604
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		36,524		37,509		37,947		33,859		28,583


Total	$	53,881		54,737		55,401		50,715		45,187


Average daily balance for period
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	17,105		17,005		16,370		15,761		16,316
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		36,235		37,746		34,239		30,707		28,766


Total	$	53,340		54,751		50,609		46,468		45,082


Maximum month-end balance for period
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (1)	$	18,234		17,597		17,454		16,856		17,388
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)		36,524		37,509		37,947		33,859		28,807


(1)		Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in April and February 2011 and December, September and April 2010.
(2)		Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in June and March 2011 and December, September and May 2010.

Liquidity is also available through our ability to raise funds in a variety of domestic and international money and capital markets. We access capital markets for long-term funding through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. Investors in the long-term capital markets generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of Federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, a reduction in credit rating would not cause us to violate any of our debt covenants. See the “Risk Factors” section in this Report for additional information regarding the potential effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on our credit ratings.

We continue to evaluate the potential impact on liquidity management of regulatory proposals, including Basel III and

those required under the Dodd-Frank Act, throughout the rule-making process.

Parent Under SEC rules, the Parent is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. In June 2009, the Parent filed a registration statement with the SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities. The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. The Parent is currently authorized by the Board to issue $60 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $170 billion in outstanding long-term debt. During the first half of 2011, the Parent issued $6.4 billion in registered senior notes. In February 2011, the Parent remarketed $2.5 billion of junior subordinated notes owned by an unconsolidated, wholly-owned trust. The purchasers of the junior subordinated notes exchanged them with the Parent for newly issued senior notes, which are included in the Parent issuances described above. Proceeds of the remarketed junior subordinated notes were used by the trust to

purchase $2.5 billion of Class A, Series I Preferred Stock issued by the Parent.

Parent’s proceeds from securities issued in the first half of 2011 were used for general corporate purposes, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, we expect that the proceeds from securities issued in the future will also be used for the same purposes.

Table 33 provides information regarding the Parent’s medium-term note (MTN) programs. The Parent may issue senior and subordinated debt securities under Series I & J, and the European and Australian programmes. Under Series K, the Parent may issue senior debt securities linked to one or more indices.

Table 33: Medium-Term Note (MTN) Programs

June 30, 2011

Debt

Available

Date

issuance

for

(in billions)

established

authority

issuance

MTN program:

Series I & J (1)

August 2009

25.0

18.3

Series K (1)

April 2010

25.0

24.4

European (2)

December 2009

25.0

Australian (2)(3)

June 2005

AUD

10.0

6.8


(1)		SEC registered.
(2)		Not registered with the SEC. May not be offered in the United States without applicable exemptions from registration.
(3)		As amended in October 2005 and March 2010.

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $125 billion in outstanding long-term debt. At June 30, 2011, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had available $100 billion in short-term debt issuance authority and $99.2 billion in long-term debt issuance authority.

Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation In January 2010, Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation (WFFCC), an indirect wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of the Parent, qualified with the Canadian provincial securities commissions CAD$7.0 billion in medium-term notes for distribution from time to time in Canada. During the first half of 2011, WFFCC issued CAD$500 million in medium-term notes. At June 30, 2011, CAD$6.5 billion remained available for future issuance. All medium-term notes issued by WFFCC are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK MEMBERSHIP We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Banks based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco (collectively, the FHLBs). Each member of each of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.

Capital Management

We have an active program for managing stockholders’ equity and regulatory capital and we maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We generate capital internally primarily through the retention of earnings net of dividends. Our objective is to maintain capital levels at the Company and its bank subsidiaries above the regulatory “well-capitalized” thresholds by an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives. Our potential sources of stockholders’ equity include retained earnings and issuances of common and preferred stock. Retained earnings increased $6.0 billion from December 31, 2010, predominantly from Wells Fargo net income of $7.7 billion, less common and preferred stock dividends of $1.7 billion. During the first half of 2011, we issued approximately 53 million shares of common stock, with net proceeds of $801 million.

On March 18, 2011, the Company was notified by the FRB that it did not object to the capital plan the Company submitted on January 7, 2011, as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR). Following that notification, the Company initiated several capital actions contemplated in its capital plan, including increasing the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 a share, authorizing the repurchase of an additional 200 million shares of our common stock, and issuing notice to call $3.4 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the proposed Basel III capital standards. Consistent with the CCAR process and the FRB’s existing supervisory guidance regarding internal capital assessment, planning and adequacy, the FRB recently proposed rules that will require large bank holding companies such as the Company to submit annual capital plans to the FRB and to provide prior notice to the FRB before making a capital distribution under certain circumstances, including if the FRB objected to a capital plan or if certain minimum capital requirements were not maintained.

From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Additionally, we may enter into plans to purchase stock that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for acquisitions and employee benefit plans, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations.

In 2008, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 25 million additional shares of our outstanding common stock. In first quarter 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of an additional 200 million shares. During second quarter 2011, we

repurchased 35 million shares of our common stock in the open market and from our employee benefit plans. At June 30, 2011, we had utilized all previously remaining common stock repurchase authority from the 2008 authorization and had remaining authority from the 2011 authorization to purchase approximately 166 million shares. For more information about share repurchases during second quarter 2011, see Part II, Item 2 of this Report.

Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.

In connection with our participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program (CPP), we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $34.01 per share expiring on October 28, 2018. The Board has authorized the repurchase by the Company of up to $1 billion of the warrants. On May 26, 2010, in an auction by the U.S. Treasury, we purchased 70,165,963 of the warrants at a price of $7.70 per warrant. We have purchased an additional 651,244 warrants since the U.S. Treasury auction; however, no purchases were made during the first half of 2011. At June 30, 2011, there were 39,444,481 warrants outstanding and exercisable and $455 million of unused warrant repurchase authority. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase from time to time additional warrants and/or our outstanding debt securities in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Subsequent to the remarketing of certain junior subordinated notes issued in connection with Wachovia’s 2006 issuance of 5.80% fixed-to-floating rate trust preferred securities, the Company issued 25,010 shares of Class A, Series I Preferred Stock, with a par value of $2.5 billion to Wachovia Capital Trust III (Trust), an unconsolidated wholly-owned trust. The action completed the Company’s and the Trust’s obligations under an agreement dated February 1, 2006, as amended, between the Trust and the Company (as successor to Wachovia Corporation) and the Series I preferred stock replaces the trust preferred securities.

The Company and each of our subsidiary banks are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different

categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. At June 30, 2011, the Company and each of our subsidiary banks were “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

Current regulatory RBC rules are based primarily on broad credit-risk considerations and limited market-related risks, but do not take into account other types of risk a financial company may be exposed to. Our capital adequacy assessment process contemplates a wide range of risks that the Company is exposed to and also takes into consideration our performance under a variety of stressed economic conditions, as well as regulatory expectations and guidance, rating agency viewpoints and the view of capital market participants.

In July 2009, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision published an additional set of international guidelines for review known as Basel III and finalized these guidelines in December 2010. The additional guidelines were developed in response to the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009 and address many of the weaknesses identified in the banking sector as contributing to the crisis including excessive leverage, inadequate and low quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. The guidelines, among other things, increase minimum capital requirements and when fully phased in require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0%. The U.S. regulatory bodies are reviewing the final international standards and final U.S. rulemaking is expected to be completed in 2011. The Basel Committee recently proposed additional Tier 1 common equity surcharge requirements for global systemically important banks ranging from 1% to 3.5% depending on the bank’s systemic importance to be determined under an indicator-based approach that would consider five broad categories including cross-jurisdictional activity, size, inter-connectedness, substitutability and complexity. These additional capital requirements, which would be phased in beginning in January 2016 and become fully effective on January 1, 2019, would be in addition to the Basel III 7.0% Tier 1 common equity requirement finalized in December 2010. Regulatory authorities have not yet determined the global systemically important banks that would be subject to the surcharge and the amount of the surcharge for these banks. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the FRB to adopt rules subjecting large bank holding companies, such as the Company, to more stringent capital requirements, including stress testing requirements and enhanced capital and liquidity requirements, and these rules may be similar to or more restrictive than those proposed by the Basel Committee. Although uncertainty exists regarding final capital rules, including the FRB’s approach to capital requirements, we evaluate the impact of Basel III on our capital ratios based on our interpretation of the proposed capital requirements and we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio under the Basel III proposal exceeded the fully-phased in minimum of 7.0% by 35 basis points at the end of second quarter 2011. This estimate is subject to change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking and interpretations thereof by regulatory authorities.

We are well underway toward Basel II and Basel III implementation and are currently on schedule to enter the parallel run phase of Basel II in 2012 with regulatory approval. Our delayed entry into the parallel run phase was approved by the FRB in 2010 as a result of the acquisition of Wachovia.

At June 30, 2011, stockholders’ equity and Tier 1 common equity levels were higher than the quarter ended prior to the Wachovia acquisition. During 2009, as regulators and the market focused on the composition of regulatory capital, the Tier 1 common equity ratio gained significant prominence as a metric of capital strength. There is no mandated minimum or “well-capitalized” standard for Tier 1 common equity; instead the RBC rules state voting common stockholders’ equity should be the dominant element within Tier 1 common equity. Tier 1 common equity was $88.8 billion at June 30, 2011, or 9.15% of risk-weighted assets, an increase of $7.5 billion from December 31, 2010. Table 34 and Table 35 provide the details of the Tier 1 common equity calculation under Basel I and as estimated under Basel III, respectively.

Capital Management (continued)

Table 34: Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel I (1)


			June 30,			Dec. 31,

(in billions)			2011			2010


Total equity			$	137.9			127.9
Noncontrolling interests				(1.5	)		(1.5	)


Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity				136.4			126.4


Adjustments:
Preferred equity (2)				(10.6	)		(8.1	)
Goodwill and intangible assets (other than MSRs)				(34.6	)		(35.5	)
Applicable deferred taxes				4.1			4.3
MSRs over specified limitations				(0.9	)		(0.9	)
Cumulative other comprehensive income				(5.3	)		(4.6	)
Other				(0.3	)		(0.3	)


Tier 1 common equity	(A)		$	88.8			81.3


Total risk-weighted assets (3)	(B)		$	970.2			980.0


Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets	(A)/	(B)		9.15	%		8.30


(1)		Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.
(2)		In March 2011, we issued $2.5 billion of Series I Preferred Stock to an unconsolidated wholly-owned trust.
(3)		Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

Table 35: Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel III (Estimated) (1)


			June 30,

(in billions)			2011


Tier 1 common equity under Basel I			$	88.8


Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III:
Cumulative other comprehensive income (1)				5.3
Threshold deductions defined under Basel III (1) (2)				(4.6	)
Other				(0.3	)


Tier 1 common equity under Basel III	(C)		$	89.2


Total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III (3)	(D)		$	1,212.9


Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III	(C)/	(D)		7.35	%


(1)		Volatility in interest rates can have a significant impact on the valuation of cumulative other comprehensive income and MSRs and therefore, impact adjustments under Basel III in future reporting periods.
(2)		Threshold deductions under Basel III include individual and aggregate limitations, as a percentage of Tier 1 common equity (as defined under Basel III), with respect to MSRs, deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated financial companies.
(3)		Under current Basel proposals, risk-weighted assets incorporate different classifications of assets, with certain risk weights based on a borrower’s credit rating or Wells Fargo’s own risk models, along with adjustments to address a combination of credit/counterparty, operational and market risks, and other Basel III elements. The amount of risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III is preliminary and subject to change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking and interpretations thereof by regulatory authorities.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:

•		the allowance for credit losses;

•		purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans;

•		the valuation of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs);

•		liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses;

•		the fair valuation of financial instruments; and

•		income taxes.

Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed these policies with the Board’s Audit and Examination Committee. These policies are described further in the “Financial Review — Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K.

Current Accounting Developments

The following accounting pronouncements have been issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) but are not yet effective:

•		Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income;

•		ASU 2011-4, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs;

•		ASU 2011-3, Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements; and

•		ASU 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.

ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option for companies to include the components of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The Update requires entities to present the components of comprehensive income in either a single statement or in two separate statements, with the statement of other comprehensive income immediately following the statement of income. This guidance is effective for us in first quarter 2012 with retrospective application. Early adoption is permitted. The Update will not affect our financial results as it amends only the presentation of comprehensive income.

ASU 2011-04 modifies accounting guidance and expands existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The Update clarifies how fair values should be measured for instruments classified in stockholders’ equity and under what circumstances premiums and discounts should be applied in fair value measurements. The guidance also permits entities to measure fair value on a net basis for financial instruments that are managed based on net exposure to market risks and/or counterparty credit risk. Required new disclosures for financial instruments classified as Level 3 include: 1) quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in measuring fair value, 2) qualitative discussion of the sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs, and 3) a description of valuation processes used. The Update also requires disclosure of fair value levels for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value but for which fair value is required to be disclosed. The guidance is effective for us in first quarter 2012 with prospective application. Early adoption is not permitted. We are evaluating the effect these accounting changes may have on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2011-03 amends the criteria companies use to determine if repurchase and similar agreements should be accounted for as sales or financings. Specifically, the Update removes the criterion for transferors to have the ability to meet contractual obligations through collateral maintenance provisions, even if transferees fail to return transferred assets pursuant to the agreements. This guidance is effective for us in first quarter 2012 with prospective application to new transactions and existing transactions

modified on or after January 1, 2012. Early adoption is not permitted. We do not expect these accounting changes to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2011-02 provides guidance clarifying under what circumstances a creditor should classify a restructured receivable as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). A receivable is a TDR if both of the following exist: 1) a creditor has granted a concession to the debtor, and 2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The Update clarifies that a creditor should consider all aspects of a restructuring when evaluating whether it has granted a concession, which include determining whether a debtor can obtain funds from another source at market rates and assessing the value of additional collateral and guarantees obtained at the time of restructuring. The Update also provides factors a creditor should consider when determining if a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, such as probability of payment default and bankruptcy declarations. The Update is effective for us in third quarter 2011 with retrospective application to January 1, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. These accounting changes will impact our TDR disclosures but are not expected to have a material effect on our financial results.

Regulatory and Other Developments

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) recently issued consent orders that require us to correct deficiencies in our residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices that were identified by federal banking regulators in their review conducted in fourth quarter 2010. The consent orders also require that we improve our servicing and foreclosure practices. We are committed to full compliance with the consent orders and support the development of national servicing standards that will provide greater clarity for servicers, investors and customers. We continue to be committed to modifying mortgages for at-risk customers. We have been working with our regulators for an extended period to improve our processes and have already made some of the operational changes that will result from the expanded servicing responsibilities outlined in the consent orders. We are an industry leader in loan modifications for homeowners. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 695,000 Wells Fargo mortgage customers were in active trial or had completed loan modifications since the beginning of 2009.

On July 20, 2011, the FRB issued a consent cease and desist order regarding home mortgage lending conducted by Wells Fargo Financial prior to the reorganization of its lending operations into Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The order addressed allegations that some Wells Fargo Financial employees had steered potential prime borrowers into more costly nonprime loans and had falsified income information in mortgage applications so that borrowers qualified for loans when they would not have qualified based on their actual incomes. In addition to assessing an $85 million civil money penalty against the Company, the order requires the Company to compensate borrowers affected by these practices.

This quarter we reached a preliminary settlement of $125 million to address securities law claims by buyers of private label mortgage-backed securities. This settlement should resolve pending securities law claims for most purchasers of our private label mortgage-backed securities. The settlement has been considered in our reserve for litigation claims and should not affect our future income if approved.

In 2009, the FRB announced regulatory changes to debit card and ATM overdraft practices, which have reduced our service charges on deposit accounts. The Durbin Amendment contained in the Dodd-Frank Act authorized the FRB to issue regulations governing debit card interchange fees, and in June 2011, the FRB issued final rules limiting debit card interchange fees. As a result of the new FRB rules, which will become effective on October 1, 2011, we currently expect that beginning in fourth quarter 2011 our quarterly income will be reduced by approximately $250 million (after tax), before the impact of any offsetting actions.

For more information, see Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. Examples of forward-looking statements in this Report include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) future results of the Company; (ii) our targeted noninterest expense for fourth quarter 2012 as part of our expense management initiatives; (iii) future credit quality and expectations regarding future loan losses in our loan portfolios and life-of-loan estimates; the level and loss content of NPAs and nonaccrual loans; the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, including our current expectation of future reductions in the allowance for credit losses; and the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios and the effects of loan modification programs; (iv) future capital levels and our estimate regarding our Tier 1 common equity ratio under proposed Basel III capital standards as of June 30, 2011; (v) the merger integration of the Company and Wachovia, including, merger costs, revenue synergies and store conversions; (vi) our current estimate of our 2011 effective tax rate; (vii) our mortgage repurchase exposure and exposure relating to our mortgage foreclosure practices; (viii) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act and FRB restrictions on debit interchange fees; and (ix) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:

•		current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of further declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, and uncertainty regarding U. S. debt and budget matters;

•		our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the proposed Basel III capital standards, as determined and interpreted by applicable regulatory authorities) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;

•

financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative

		effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and legislation and regulation relating to overdraft fees (and changes to our overdraft practices as a result thereof), debit card interchange fees, credit cards, and other bank services, as well as the extent of our ability to offset the loss of revenue and income from financial services reform and other legislation and regulation;

•		legislative proposals to allow mortgage cram-downs in bankruptcy or require other loan modifications;

•		the extent of our success in our loan modification efforts, as well as the effects of regulatory requirements or guidance regarding loan modifications or changes in such requirements or guidance;

•		the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive and our ability to satisfy any such demands without having to repurchase loans related thereto or otherwise indemnify or reimburse third parties, and the credit quality of or losses on such repurchased mortgage loans;

•		negative effects relating to mortgage foreclosures, including changes in our procedures or practices and/or industry standards or practices, regulatory or judicial requirements, penalties or fines, increased servicing and other costs or obligations, including loan modification requirements, or delays or moratoriums on foreclosures;

•		our ability to realize our noninterest expense target as part of our expense management initiatives when and in the amount targeted, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters;

•		our ability to successfully integrate the Wachovia merger and realize all of the expected cost savings and other benefits and the effects of any delays or disruptions in systems conversions relating to the Wachovia integration;

•		recognition of OTTI on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio;

•		the effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and our mortgage originations, MSRs and MHFS;

•		hedging gains or losses;

•		disruptions in the capital markets and reduced investor demand for mortgage loans;

•		our ability to sell more products to our customers;

•		the effect of economic conditions on the demand for our products and services;

•		the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;

•		our election to provide support to our mutual funds for structured credit products they may hold;

•		changes in the value of our venture capital investments;

•		changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards or in how accounting standards are to be applied or interpreted;

•		mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;

•		changes in the Company’s credit ratings and changes in the credit quality of the Company’s customers or counterparties;

•		reputational damage from negative publicity, fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations and legal actions;

•		the loss of checking and savings account deposits to other investments such as the stock market, and the resulting increase in our funding costs and impact on our net interest margin;

•		fiscal and monetary policies of the FRB; and

•		the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in this Report.

In addition to the above factors, we also caution that there is no assurance that our allowance for credit losses will be adequate to cover future credit losses, especially if credit markets, housing prices and unemployment do not continue to stabilize or improve. Increases in loan charge-offs or in the allowance for credit losses and related provision expense could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Report speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

Risk Factors

An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. We discuss previously under “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Report, as well as in other documents we file with the SEC, risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company. We refer you to the Financial Review section and Financial Statements (and related Notes) in this Report for more information about credit, interest rate, market, and litigation risks and to the “Regulation and Supervision” section of our 2010 Form 10-K for more information about legislative and regulatory risks. In addition, the following risk factors amend and restate in their entirety the risk factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section on pages 92 through 101 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

RISKS RELATING TO ECONOMIC AND MARKET CONDITIONS AND REGULATORY ACTIVITY

As one of the largest lenders in the U.S. and a provider of financial products and services to consumers and businesses across the U.S. and internationally, our financial results have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by general economic conditions, particularly unemployment levels and home prices in the U.S., and a deterioration in economic conditions or in the financial markets may materially adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and condition. We generate revenue from the interest and fees we charge on the loans and other products and services we sell, and a substantial amount of our revenue and earnings comes from the net interest income and fee income that we earn from our consumer and commercial lending and banking businesses, including our mortgage banking business where we currently are the largest mortgage originator in the U.S. These businesses have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by the state of the U.S. economy, particularly unemployment levels and home prices. Although the U.S. economy has continued to gradually improve from the severely depressed levels of 2008 and early 2009, economic growth has been slow and uneven and the housing market remains weak. In addition, financial uncertainty stemming from the sovereign debt crisis in Europe and U. S. debt and budget matters, including the raising of the debt limit, deficit reduction, and the possible downgrade of U. S. debt ratings, as well as other recent events and concerns such as the political unrest in the Middle East, the impact to the global supply chain resulting from the devastating earthquake and tsunami in Japan, the increased volatility of commodity prices and the increase in the price of oil, and the uncertainty surrounding financial regulatory reform and its effect on the revenues of financial services companies such as the Company, have impacted and may continue to impact the continuing global economic recovery. A prolonged period of slow growth in the U.S. economy or any deterioration in general economic conditions and/or the financial markets resulting from the above matters or any other events or factors that may disrupt or dampen the global economic recovery, could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition.

The high unemployment rate in the U.S., together with elevated levels of distressed property sales and the significant decline in home prices across the U.S., including in many of our large banking markets such as California and Florida, may be causing consumers to delay home purchases and has resulted in elevated credit costs and nonperforming asset levels, which have adversely affected our credit performance and our financial results and condition. If unemployment levels do not improve or continue to rise or if home prices continue to fall we would expect to incur higher than normal charge-offs and provision expense from increases in our allowance for credit losses. These conditions may adversely affect not only consumer loan performance but also commercial and CRE loans, especially for those business borrowers that rely on the health of industries or properties that may experience deteriorating economic conditions. The ability of these borrowers to repay their loans may be hurt, causing us, as one of the largest commercial lenders and the largest CRE lender in the U.S., to incur significantly higher credit losses. In addition, current economic conditions have made it more challenging for us to increase our consumer and commercial loan portfolios by making loans to creditworthy borrowers at attractive yields. Although we have significant capacity to add loans to our balance sheet, loan demand has been soft resulting in our retaining a much higher amount of lower yielding liquid assets on our balance sheet. If economic conditions do not continue to improve or if the economy worsens and unemployment rises, which would likely result in a decrease in consumer and business confidence and spending, the demand for our credit products, including our mortgages, may fall, reducing our interest and fee income and our earnings.

A deterioration in business and economic conditions, which may erode consumer and investor confidence levels, and/or increased volatility of financial markets, also could adversely affect financial results for our fee-based businesses, including our investment advisory, mutual fund, securities brokerage, wealth management, and investment banking businesses. As a result of the Wachovia merger, a greater percentage of our revenue depends on our fee income from these businesses. We earn fee income from managing assets for others and providing brokerage and other investment advisory and wealth management services. Because investment management fees are often based on the value of assets under management, a fall in the market prices of those assets could reduce our fee income. Changes in stock market prices could affect the trading activity of investors, reducing commissions and other fees we earn from our brokerage business. Poor economic conditions and volatile or unstable financial markets also can negatively affect our debt and equity underwriting and advisory businesses, as well as our trading and venture capital businesses. Our acquisition of

Risk Factors (continued)

Wachovia also expanded our international businesses, particularly our global financial institution and correspondent banking services, and any deterioration in global financial markets and economies may adversely affect the revenues and earnings of these businesses.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management” and “ — Credit Risk Management” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

Effective liquidity management, which ensures that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and other unpredictable circumstances of industry or financial market stress, is essential for the operation of our business, and our financial results and condition could be materially adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity. Our liquidity is essential for the operation of our business. We primarily rely on bank deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding for the loans we make and the operation of our business. Core customer deposits, which include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits, have historically provided us with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds (average core deposits funded 65% of our average total assets in second quarter 2011). In addition to customer deposits, our sources of liquidity include investments in our securities portfolio, our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Bank and the FRB, and our ability to raise funds in domestic and international money and capital markets.

Our liquidity and our ability to fund and run our business could be materially adversely affected by a variety of conditions and factors, including financial and credit market disruption and volatility or a lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets in general similar to what occurred during the financial crisis in 2008 and early 2009, which may result in a loss of customer deposits or outflows of cash or collateral and/or our inability to access capital markets on favorable terms. Other conditions and factors that could materially adversely affect our liquidity and funding include a lack of market or customer confidence in the Company or negative news about the Company or the financial services industry generally which also may result in a loss of deposits and/or negatively affect our ability to access the capital markets; the loss of customer deposits to alternative investments; our inability to sell or securitize loans or other assets, and reductions in one or more of our credit ratings, which could adversely affect our ability to borrow funds and raise the costs of our borrowings substantially and could cause creditors and business counterparties to raise collateral requirements or take other actions that could adversely affect our ability to raise capital. Many of the above conditions and factors may be caused by events over which we have little or no control such as what occurred during the financial crisis. While market conditions have stabilized and, in many cases, improved, there can be no assurance that significant disruption and volatility in the financial markets will not occur in the future. For example, recent concerns regarding the potential failure to raise the U.S. debt limit and continuing concerns about a potential downgrade of U.S. debt ratings have caused uncertainty in financial markets. Although the U.S. debt limit was increased, a failure to raise the U.S. debt limit and/or a downgrade of U.S. debt ratings in the future could, in addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. government securities that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms, as well as have other material adverse effects on the operation of our business and our financial results and condition. Other material adverse effects could include a reduction in our credit ratings resulting from a further decrease in the probability of government support for large financial institutions such as the Company assumed by the ratings agencies in their current credit ratings as described below in our risk factor relating to the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act.

If we are unable to continue to fund our assets through customer bank deposits or access capital markets on favorable terms or if we suffer an increase in our borrowing costs or otherwise fail to manage our liquidity effectively, our liquidity, operating margins, financial results and condition may be materially adversely affected. As we did during the financial crisis, we may also need to raise additional capital through the issuance of common stock, which could dilute the ownership of existing stockholders, or reduce or even eliminate our common stock dividend to preserve capital or in order to raise additional capital.

As a bank holding company, Wells Fargo & Company, the parent holding company, also relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for revenue, and federal and state law limit the amount of dividends that our subsidiaries may pay to the Parent. Limitations in the payments of dividends that Wells Fargo & Company receives from its subsidiaries could also reduce our liquidity position.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

Enacted legislation and regulation, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), as well as future legislation and/or regulation, could require us to change certain of our business practices, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our business operations and/or competitive position. We are subject to significant regulation under state and federal laws in the U.S., as well as the applicable laws of the various jurisdictions outside of the U.S. where we conduct business. Economic, financial, market and political conditions during the past few years have led to significant new legislation and regulation in the United States and in other jurisdictions outside of the United States where we conduct business. These laws and regulations may affect the manner in which we do business and the products and services that we provide, affect or restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses or our ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit our revenue in businesses or impose additional fees, assessments or taxes on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and the financial services industry, and adversely affect our business operations or have other negative consequences.

For example, in 2009 several legislative and regulatory initiatives were adopted that will have an impact on our businesses and financial results, including FRB amendments to Regulation E, which, among other things, affect the way we may charge overdraft fees, and the enactment of the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the Card Act), which, among other things, affects our ability to change interest rates and assess certain fees on card accounts. In third quarter 2009, we also implemented policy changes to help customers limit overdraft and returned item fees. The impact on our revenue of the Regulation E amendments, as well as our policy changes, and the Card Act reduced our 2010 and first half 2011 fee revenue and the continuing impact on our future revenue could vary materially due to a variety of factors, including changes in customer behavior, economic conditions and other potential offsetting factors.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, (i) establishes a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to monitor systemic risk posed by financial firms and imposes additional and enhanced FRB regulations, including capital and liquidity requirements, on certain large, interconnected bank holding companies and systemically significant nonbanking firms intended to promote financial stability; (ii) creates a liquidation framework for the resolution of covered financial companies, the costs of which would be paid through assessments on surviving covered financial companies; (iii) makes significant changes to the structure of bank and bank holding company regulation and activities in a variety of areas, including prohibiting proprietary

trading and private fund investment activities, subject to certain exceptions; (iv) creates a new framework for the regulation of over-the-counter derivatives and new regulations for the securitization market and strengthens the regulatory oversight of securities and capital markets by the SEC; (v) establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection within the FRB, which will have sweeping powers to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation; (vi) may limit the existing pre-emption of state laws with respect to the application of such laws to national banks, makes federal pre-emption no longer applicable to operating subsidiaries of national banks, and gives state authorities, under certain circumstances, the ability to enforce state laws and federal consumer regulations against national banks; (vii) provides for increased regulation of residential mortgage activities; (viii) revises the FDIC’s assessment base for deposit insurance by changing from an assessment base defined by deposit liabilities to a risk-based system based on total assets; (ix) authorizes the FRB under the Durbin Amendment to issue regulations establishing, among other things, standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers are reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions; and (x) includes several corporate governance and executive compensation provisions and requirements, including mandating an advisory stockholder vote on executive compensation.

The Dodd-Frank Act and many of its provisions became generally effective in July 2010, and on July 21, 2011, the one-year anniversary of its enactment, many other provisions became effective. However, a number of these and other provisions of the Dodd Frank Act still require extensive rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by regulatory authorities and have extended implementation periods and delayed effective dates. Accordingly, in many respects the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and its effects on the U.S. financial system and the Company will not be known for an extended period of time. Nevertheless, the Dodd-Frank Act, including current and future rules implementing its provisions and the interpretation of those rules, could result in a loss of revenue, require us to change certain of our business practices, limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, increase our capital requirements and impose additional assessments and costs on us and otherwise adversely affect our business operations and have other negative consequences. For example, the FRB recently issued final rules regarding debit card interchange fees, which implement the Durbin Amendment and become effective on October 1, 2011. As a result of the new rules, we currently expect that starting in fourth quarter 2011 our quarterly income will be reduced by approximately $250 million (after tax) before the impact of any offsetting actions. Although we expect to recapture a portion of this lost income over time through volume and product changes, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to mitigate the negative impact to our financial results from the Durbin Amendment. Other negative consequences relating to the Dodd-Frank Act could include a reduction in our credit ratings to the extent the legislation reduces the probability of future federal financial assistance or support currently assumed by the ratings agencies in their credit ratings. Recently, one ratings agency reiterated its view that the uplift incorporated into the ratings of the Company and other large systemically important financial institutions for government support may no longer be appropriate because of the Dodd-Frank Act and it placed certain of the Company’s debt

Risk Factors (continued)

ratings on review for possible downgrade. As noted above, a reduction in one or more of our credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to borrow funds and raise the costs of our borrowings substantially and could cause creditors and business counterparties to raise collateral requirements or take other actions, which could adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

In February 2011, the Obama Administration delivered a report to Congress regarding proposals to reform the housing finance market in the United States. The report, among other things, outlined various potential proposals to wind down the GSEs and reduce or eliminate over time the role of the GSEs in guaranteeing mortgages and providing funding for mortgage loans, as well as proposals to implement reforms relating to borrowers, lenders, and investors in the mortgage market, including reducing the maximum size of a loan that the GSEs can guarantee, phasing in a minimum down payment requirement for borrowers, improving underwriting standards, and increasing accountability and transparency in the securitization process. The extent and timing of any regulatory reform regarding the GSEs and the home mortgage market, as well as any effect on the Company’s business and financial results, are uncertain.

Any other future legislation and/or regulation, if adopted, also could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, income, and/or competitive position and may have other negative consequences.

For more information, refer to the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2010 Form 10-K.

Bank regulations, including proposed Basel capital standards and FRB guidelines and rules, may require higher capital and liquidity levels, limiting our ability to pay common stock dividends, repurchase our common stock, invest in our business or provide loans to our customers. Federal banking regulators continually monitor the capital position of banks and bank holding companies. In July 2009, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision published a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as Basel III. These guidelines, which were finalized in December 2010, followed earlier guidelines by the Basel Committee and are designed to address many of the weaknesses identified in the banking sector as contributing to the financial crisis of 2008 - 2009 by, among other things, increasing minimum capital requirements, increasing the quality of capital, increasing the risk coverage of the capital framework, and increasing standards for the supervisory review process and public disclosure. When fully phased in, the Basel III proposals require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0%. The Basel Committee also proposed certain liquidity coverage and funding ratios. In June 2011, the Basel Committee proposed additional Tier 1 common equity surcharge requirements for

global systemically important banks ranging from 1.0% to 3.5% depending on the bank’s systemic importance to be determined based on certain factors. These new surcharge capital requirements, which would be phased in beginning in January 2016 and become fully effective on January 1, 2019, would be in addition to the Basel III 7.0% Tier 1 common equity requirement proposed in December 2010. Regulatory authorities have not yet determined the global systemically important banks that would be subject to the surcharge and the amount of the surcharge for those banks. The Basel proposals are subject to final rulemaking, including FRB rules implementing the internationally agreed Basel III standards for U.S. financial institutions, and the ultimate impact of the proposals on our capital and liquidity will depend on such rulemaking and regulatory interpretations of the rules as we, along with our regulatory authorities, apply the final rules during the implementation process.

In 2010, the FRB issued guidelines for evaluating proposals by large bank holding companies, including the Company, to undertake capital actions in 2011, such as increasing dividend payments or repurchasing or redeeming stock. Pursuant to those FRB guidelines, the Company submitted a proposed Capital Plan Review to the FRB, which was approved by the FRB in March 2011. Consistent with these guidelines and the FRB’s existing supervisory guidance regarding internal capital assessment, planning and adequacy, the FRB recently proposed rules that would require large bank holding companies such as the Company to submit annual capital plans to the FRB and to provide prior notice to the FRB before making a capital distribution under certain circumstances, including if the FRB objected to a capital plan or if certain minimum capital requirements were not maintained. There can be no assurance that the FRB would respond favorably to the Company’s future capital plan reviews. The FRB also is expected to issue proposed rules under the Dodd-Frank Act that will impose enhanced prudential standards on large bank holding companies such as the Company, including enhanced capital and liquidity requirements, which may be similar to or more restrictive than those proposed by the Basel Committee.

The Basel standards and FRB regulatory capital and liquidity requirements may limit or otherwise restrict how we utilize our capital, including common stock dividends and stock repurchases, and may require us to increase our capital and/or liquidity. Any requirement that we increase our regulatory capital, regulatory capital ratios or liquidity could require us to liquidate assets or otherwise change our business and/or investment plans, which may negatively affect our financial results. Although not currently anticipated, the proposed Basel capital rules and/or our regulators may require us to raise additional capital in the future. Issuing additional common stock may dilute the ownership of existing stockholders.

For more information, refer to the “Capital Management” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

Bankruptcy laws may be changed to allow mortgage “cram-downs,” or court-ordered modifications to our mortgage loans including the reduction of principal balances. Under current bankruptcy laws, courts cannot force a modification of mortgage and home equity loans secured by primary residences. In response to the financial crisis, legislation has been proposed to allow mortgage loan “cram-downs,” which would empower courts to modify the terms of mortgage and home equity loans including a reduction in the principal amount to reflect lower underlying property values. This could result in

writing down the balance of our mortgage and home equity loans to reflect their lower loan values. There is also risk that home equity loans in a second lien position (i.e., behind a mortgage) could experience significantly higher losses to the extent they become unsecured as a result of a cram-down. The availability of principal reductions or other modifications to mortgage loan terms could make bankruptcy a more attractive option for troubled borrowers, leading to increased bankruptcy filings and accelerated defaults.

RISKS RELATING TO THE WACHOVIA MERGER

Our financial results and condition could be adversely affected if we fail to realize all of the expected benefits of the Wachovia merger or it takes longer than expected to realize those benefits. The merger with Wachovia requires the integration of the businesses of Wachovia and Wells Fargo. The integration process may result in the disruption of ongoing businesses and the loss of customers and their business and deposits. It may also divert management attention and resources from other operations and limit the Company’s ability to pursue other acquisitions. There is no assurance that we will realize all of the financial benefits of the merger when and in the amounts expected. As a result of our integration efforts and the conversion of many of our retail banking stores, including the conversion of our stores in our western and northeastern states, 83% of our banking customers are now on a single deposit system. There can be no assurance that conversion of the remaining banking stores, including our stores in Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, and Washington, D.C., will not result in the loss of customers and deposits or other disruptions relating to the conversion.

We may incur losses on loans, securities and other acquired assets of Wachovia that are materially greater than reflected in our fair value adjustments. We accounted for the Wachovia merger under the purchase method of accounting, recording the acquired assets and liabilities of Wachovia at fair value. All PCI loans acquired in the merger were recorded at fair value based on the present value of their expected cash flows. We estimated cash flows using internal credit, interest rate and prepayment risk models using assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain. We may not realize the estimated cash flows or fair value of these loans. In addition, although the difference between the pre-merger carrying value of the credit-impaired loans and their expected cash flows — the “nonaccretable difference” — is available to absorb future charge-offs, we may be required to increase our allowance for credit losses and related provision expense because of subsequent additional credit deterioration in these loans.

For more information, refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies — Purchased Credit-Impaired (PCI) Loans)” and “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” section in this Report.

ADDITIONAL RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

As one of the largest lenders in the U.S., increased credit risk, whether resulting from deteriorating economic conditions or underestimating the credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio, could require us to increase our provision for credit losses and allowance for credit losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. When we loan money or commit to loan money we incur credit risk, or the risk of losses if our borrowers do not repay their loans. As one of the largest lenders in the U.S., the credit performance of our loan portfolios significantly affects our financial results and condition. As noted above, if the current economic environment were to deteriorate, more of our customers may have difficulty in repaying their loans or other obligations which could result in a higher level of credit losses and provision for credit losses. We reserve for credit losses by establishing an allowance through a charge to earnings. The amount of this allowance is based on our assessment of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio (including unfunded credit commitments). The process for determining the amount of the allowance is critical to our financial results and condition. It requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments about the future, including forecasts of economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.

We might underestimate the credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio and have credit losses in excess of the amount reserved. We might increase the allowance because of changing economic conditions, including falling home prices and higher unemployment, or other factors such as changes in borrower behavior. As an example, borrowers may “strategically default,” or discontinue making payments on their real estate-secured loans if the value of the real estate is less than what they owe, even if they are still financially able to make the payments.

While we believe that our allowance for credit losses was adequate at June 30, 2011, there is no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover future credit losses, especially if housing and employment conditions worsen. In the event of significant deterioration in economic conditions, we may be required to build reserves in future periods, which would reduce our earnings.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” and “Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Credit Losses” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” section in this Report.

Risk Factors (continued)

We may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. Our credit risk and credit losses can increase if our loans are concentrated to borrowers engaged in the same or similar activities or to borrowers who as a group may be uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions. We experienced the effect of concentration risk in 2009 and 2010 when we incurred greater than expected losses in our Home Equity loan portfolio due to a housing slowdown and greater than expected deterioration in residential real estate values in many markets, including the Central Valley California market and several Southern California metropolitan statistical areas. As California is our largest banking state in terms of loans and deposits, continued deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions in those markets or elsewhere in California could result in materially higher credit losses. As a result of the Wachovia merger, we have increased our exposure to California, as well as to Arizona and Florida, two states that have also suffered significant declines in home values, as well as significant declines in economic activity. A deterioration in economic conditions, housing conditions and real estate values in these states and generally across the country could result in materially higher credit losses, including for our Home Equity portfolio.

The Wachovia merger also increased our commercial real estate exposure, particularly in California and Florida, and we are currently the largest CRE lender in the U.S. A deterioration in economic conditions that negatively affects the business performance of our CRE borrowers, including increases in interest rates and/or declines in commercial property values, could result in materially higher credit losses and have a material adverse effect on our financial results and condition.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” section and Note 6 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K and “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Loss of customer deposits and market illiquidity could increase our funding costs. We rely heavily on bank deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding for the loans we make. We compete with banks and other financial services companies for deposits. If our competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits our funding costs may increase, either because we raise our rates to avoid losing deposits or because we lose deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Higher funding costs reduce our net interest margin and net interest income. As discussed above, the continued integration of Wells Fargo and Wachovia may result in the loss of customer deposits. In addition, our bank customers could take their money out of the bank and put it in alternative investments, causing us to lose a lower cost source of funding. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of customer deposits may decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff.

When customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we may lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income.

We sell most of the mortgage loans we originate in order to reduce our credit risk and provide funding for additional loans. We rely on GSEs to purchase loans that meet their conforming loan requirements and on other capital markets investors to purchase loans that do not meet those requirements — referred to as “nonconforming” loans. Since 2007, investor demand for nonconforming loans has fallen sharply, increasing credit spreads and reducing the liquidity for those loans. In response to the reduced liquidity in the capital markets, we may retain more nonconforming loans. When we retain a loan not only do we keep the credit risk of the loan but we also do not receive any sale proceeds that could be used to generate new loans. Continued lack of liquidity could limit our ability to fund — and thus originate — new mortgage loans, reducing the fees we earn from originating and servicing loans. In addition, we cannot assure that GSEs will not materially limit their purchases of conforming loans due to capital constraints or change their criteria for conforming loans (e.g., maximum loan amount or borrower eligibility). As previously noted, the Obama Administration recently outlined proposals to reform the housing finance market in the United States, including the role of the GSEs in the housing finance market. The extent and timing of any such regulatory reform regarding the housing finance market and the GSEs, as well as any effect on the Company’s business and financial results, are uncertain.

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and earnings. Our net interest income is the interest we earn on loans, debt securities and other assets we hold less the interest we pay on our deposits, long-term and short-term debt, and other liabilities. Net interest income is a measure of both our net interest margin — the difference between the yield we earn on our assets and the interest rate we pay for deposits and our other sources of funding — and the amount of earning assets we hold. Changes in either our net interest margin or the amount of earning assets we hold could affect our net interest income and our earnings. Changes in interest rates can affect our net interest margin. Although the yield we earn on our assets and our funding costs tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, one can rise or fall faster than the other, causing our net interest margin to expand or contract. Our liabilities tend to be shorter in duration than our assets, so they may adjust faster in response to changes in interest rates. When interest rates rise, our funding costs may rise faster than the yield we earn on our assets, causing our net interest margin to contract until the yield catches up.

The amount and type of earning assets we hold can affect our yield and net interest margin. We hold earning assets in the form of loans and investment securities, among other assets. As noted above, if current economic conditions persist, we may continue to see lower demand for loans by creditworthy customers, reducing our yield. In addition, we may invest in lower yielding

investment securities for a variety of reasons, including in anticipation that interest rates are likely to increase.

Changes in the slope of the “yield curve” — or the spread between short-term and long-term interest rates — could also reduce our net interest margin. Normally, the yield curve is upward sloping, meaning short-term rates are lower than long-term rates. Because our liabilities tend to be shorter in duration than our assets, when the yield curve flattens or even inverts, our net interest margin could decrease as our cost of funds increases relative to the yield we can earn on our assets.

The interest we earn on our loans may be tied to U.S.-denominated interest rates such as the federal funds rate while the interest we pay on our debt may be based on international rates such as LIBOR. If the federal funds rate were to fall without a corresponding decrease in LIBOR, we might earn less on our loans without any offsetting decrease in our funding costs. This could lower our net interest margin and our net interest income.

We assess our interest rate risk by estimating the effect on our earnings under various scenarios that differ based on assumptions about the direction, magnitude and speed of interest rate changes and the slope of the yield curve. We hedge some of that interest rate risk with interest rate derivatives. We also rely on the “natural hedge” that our mortgage loan originations and servicing rights can provide.

We may not hedge all of our interest rate risk. There is always the risk that changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and our earnings in material amounts, especially if actual conditions turn out to be materially different than what we assumed. For example, if interest rates rise or fall faster than we assumed or the slope of the yield curve changes, we may incur significant losses on debt securities we hold as investments. To reduce our interest rate risk, we may rebalance our investment and loan portfolios, refinance our debt and take other strategic actions. We may incur losses when we take such actions.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management — Interest Rate Risk” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

Changes in interest rates could also reduce the value of our MSRs and MHFS, reducing our earnings. As the second largest residential mortgage servicer in the U.S., we have a sizeable portfolio of MSRs. An MSR is the right to service a mortgage loan — collect principal, interest and escrow amounts — for a fee. We acquire MSRs when we keep the servicing rights after we sell or securitize the loans we have originated or when we purchase the servicing rights to mortgage loans originated by other lenders. We initially measure all and carry substantially all our residential MSRs using the fair value measurement method. Fair value is the present value of estimated future net servicing income, calculated based on a number of variables, including assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers.

Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions and thus fair value. When interest rates fall, borrowers are usually more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our MSRs can decrease. Each quarter we evaluate the fair value of our MSRs, and any decrease in fair

value reduces earnings in the period in which the decrease occurs.

We measure at fair value prime MHFS for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist. We also measure at fair value certain other interests we hold related to residential loan sales and securitizations. Similar to other interest-bearing securities, the value of these MHFS and other interests may be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. For example, if market interest rates increase relative to the yield on these MHFS and other interests, their fair value may fall. We may not hedge this risk, and even if we do hedge the risk with derivatives and other instruments we may still incur significant losses from changes in the value of these MHFS and other interests or from changes in the value of the hedging instruments.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management — Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” and “Critical Accounting Policies” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report.

Our mortgage banking revenue can be volatile from quarter to quarter. We are the largest mortgage originator and second largest residential mortgage servicer in the U.S., and we earn revenue from fees we receive for originating mortgage loans and for servicing mortgage loans. When rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans usually tends to fall, reducing the revenue we receive from loan originations. Under the same conditions, revenue from our MSRs can increase through increases in fair value. When rates fall, mortgage originations usually tend to increase and the value of our MSRs usually tends to decline, also with some offsetting revenue effect. Even though they can act as a “natural hedge,” the hedge is not perfect, either in amount or timing. For example, the negative effect on revenue from a decrease in the fair value of residential MSRs is generally immediate, but any offsetting revenue benefit from more originations and the MSRs relating to the new loans would generally accrue over time. It is also possible that, because of economic conditions and/or a deteriorating housing market similar to current market conditions, even if interest rates were to fall, mortgage originations may also fall or any increase in mortgage originations may not be enough to offset the decrease in the MSRs value caused by the lower rates.

We typically use derivatives and other instruments to hedge our mortgage banking interest rate risk. We generally do not hedge all of our risk, and we may not be successful in hedging any of the risk. Hedging is a complex process, requiring sophisticated models and constant monitoring, and is not a perfect science. We may use hedging instruments tied to U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR or Eurodollars that may not perfectly correlate with the value or income being hedged. We could incur significant losses from our hedging activities. There may be periods where we elect not to use derivatives and other instruments to hedge mortgage banking interest rate risk.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management — Mortgage Banking Interest Rate

Risk Factors (continued)

and Market Risk” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or reimburse investors and others as a result of breaches in contractual representations and warranties. We sell residential mortgage loans to various parties, including GSEs, SPEs that issue private label MBS, and other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. We may also pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans which back securities guaranteed by GNMA. The agreements under which we sell mortgage loans and the insurance or guaranty agreements with the FHA and VA contain various representations and warranties regarding the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans, including ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan, absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan, and compliance with applicable origination laws. We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach. Contracts for mortgage loan sales to the GSEs include various types of specific remedies and penalties that could be applied to inadequate responses to repurchase requests. Similarly, the agreements under which we sell mortgage loans require us to deliver various documents to the securitization trust or investor, and we may be obligated to repurchase any mortgage loan as to which the required documents are not delivered or are defective. We may negotiate global settlements in order to resolve a pipeline of demands in lieu of repurchasing the loans. If economic conditions and the housing market do not recover or future investor repurchase demand and our success at appealing repurchase requests differ from past experience, we could continue to have increased repurchase obligations and increased loss severity on repurchases, requiring material additions to the repurchase reserve.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

We may be terminated as a servicer or master servicer, be required to repurchase a mortgage loan or reimburse investors for credit losses on a mortgage loan, or incur costs, liabilities, fines and other sanctions if we fail to satisfy our servicing obligations, including our obligations with respect to mortgage loan foreclosure actions. We act as servicer and/or master servicer for mortgage loans included in securitizations and for unsecuritized mortgage loans owned by investors. As a servicer or master servicer for those loans we have certain contractual obligations to the securitization trusts, investors or other third parties, including, in our capacity as a servicer, foreclosing on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent consistent with the

applicable securitization or other investor agreement, considering alternatives to foreclosure such as loan modifications or short sales and, in our capacity as a master servicer, overseeing the servicing of mortgage loans by the servicer. If we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer or master servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period of time following notice, which can generally be given by the securitization trustee or a specified percentage of security holders, causing us to lose servicing income. In addition, we may be required to indemnify the securitization trustee against losses from any failure by us, as a servicer or master servicer, to perform our servicing obligations or any act or omission on our part that involves wilful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence. For certain investors and/or certain transactions, we may be contractually obligated to repurchase a mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for credit losses incurred on the loan as a remedy for servicing errors with respect to the loan. If we have increased repurchase obligations because of claims that we did not satisfy our obligations as a servicer or master servicer, or increased loss severity on such repurchases, we may have to materially increase our repurchase reserve.

We may incur costs if we are required to, or if we elect to re-execute or re-file documents or take other action in our capacity as a servicer in connection with pending or completed foreclosures. We may incur litigation costs if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower. If a court were to overturn a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the foreclosure process, we may have liability to the borrower and/or to any title insurer of the property sold in foreclosure if the required process was not followed. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise reimbursable to us, particularly to the extent they relate to securitized mortgage loans. In addition, if certain documents required for a foreclosure action are missing or defective, we could be obligated to cure the defect or repurchase the loan. We may incur liability to securitization investors relating to delays or deficiencies in our processing of mortgage assignments or other documents necessary to comply with state law governing foreclosures. The fair value of our MSRs may be negatively affected to the extent our servicing costs increase because of higher foreclosure costs. We may be subject to fines and other sanctions, including a foreclosure moratorium or suspension or a requirement to forgive or modify the loan obligations of certain of our borrowers, imposed by Federal or state regulators as a result of actual or perceived deficiencies in our foreclosure practices or in the foreclosure practices of other mortgage loan servicers. Any of these actions may harm our reputation or negatively affect our residential mortgage origination or servicing business. Recently, we entered into consent orders with the OCC and the FRB following a joint interagency horizontal examination of foreclosure processing at large mortgage servicers, including the Company. These orders incorporate remedial requirements for identified deficiencies and require the Company to, among other things, take certain actions with respect to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations, including submitting various action plans to ensure that our mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations comply

with legal requirements, regulatory guidance and the consent orders. As noted above, any increase in our servicing costs from changes in our foreclosure and other servicing practices, including resulting from the consent orders, negatively affects the fair value of our MSRs. The consent orders did not provide for civil money penalties but both government entities reserved the ability to seek such penalties. Other government agencies, including state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice, continue to investigate various mortgage related practices of the Company, and these investigations could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions and result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations and additional litigation.

For more information, refer to the “Earnings Performance — Noninterest Income,” “Risk Management — Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” and “— Risks Relating to Servicing Activities,” and “Critical Accounting Policies — Valuation of Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights” sections and Note 14 (Guarantees and Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K and “Risk Management — Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” and “— Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” sections in this Report and Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report .

We could recognize OTTI on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio if economic and market conditions do not improve. Our securities available-for-sale portfolio had gross unrealized losses of $1.9 billion at June 30, 2011. We analyze securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio for OTTI on a quarterly basis. The process for determining whether impairment is other than temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may be required to recognize OTTI in future periods, thus reducing earnings.

For more information, refer to the “Balance Sheet Analysis — Securities Available for Sale” section and Note 5 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K and the “Balance Sheet Analysis — Securities Available for Sale” section in this Report.

We rely on our systems and certain counterparties, and certain failures could materially adversely affect our operations. Our businesses are dependent on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of complex transactions. If any of our financial, accounting, or other data processing systems fail or have other significant shortcomings, we could be materially adversely affected. Third parties with which we do business could also be sources of operational risk to us, including relating to breakdowns or failures of such parties’ own systems. Any of these occurrences could diminish our ability

to operate one or more of our businesses, or result in potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, any of which could materially adversely affect us.

If personal, confidential or proprietary information of customers or clients in our possession were to be mishandled or misused, we could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include, for example, if such information were erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of our systems, employees, or counterparties, or where such information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties.

We may be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which may include, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages, natural disasters, disease pandemics or other damage to property or physical assets, or events arising from local or larger scale politics, including terrorist acts. Such disruptions may give rise to losses in service to customers and loss or liability to us.

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us. Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, legal and compliance risk, and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. For example, the recent financial and credit crisis and resulting regulatory reform highlighted both the importance and some of the limitations of managing unanticipated risks. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

Financial difficulties or credit downgrades of mortgage and bond insurers may negatively affect our servicing and investment portfolios. Our servicing portfolio includes certain mortgage loans that carry some level of insurance from one or more mortgage insurance companies. To the extent that any of these companies experience financial difficulties or credit downgrades, we may be required, as servicer of the insured loan on behalf of the investor, to obtain replacement coverage with another provider, possibly at a higher cost than the coverage we would replace. We may be responsible for some or all of the incremental cost of the new coverage for certain loans depending on the terms of our servicing agreement with the investor and other circumstances. Similarly, some of the mortgage loans we hold for investment or for sale carry mortgage insurance. If a mortgage insurer is unable to meet its credit obligations with respect to an insured loan, we might incur higher credit losses if replacement coverage is not obtained. We also have investments in municipal bonds that are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. The value of these bonds and the payment of principal

Risk Factors (continued)

and interest on them may be negatively affected by financial difficulties or credit downgrades experienced by the bond insurers.

For more information, refer to the “Earnings Performance — Balance Sheet Analysis — Securities Available for Sale” and “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

Our “cross-selling” efforts to increase the number of products our customers buy from us and offer them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs is a key part of our growth strategy, and our failure to execute this strategy effectively could have a material adverse effect on our revenue growth and financial results. Selling more products to our customers — “cross-selling” — is very important to our business model and key to our ability to grow revenue and earnings especially during periods of slow economic growth as being experienced in the current economic environment. Many of our competitors also focus on cross-selling, especially in retail banking and mortgage lending. This can limit our ability to sell more products to our customers or influence us to sell our products at lower prices, reducing our net interest income and revenue from our fee-based products. It could also affect our ability to keep existing customers. New technologies could require us to spend more to modify or adapt our products to attract and retain customers. Our cross-sell strategy also is dependent on earning more business from our Wachovia customers, which may be negatively affected by our merger integration activities, as well as some of the above factors. Increasing our cross-sell ratio — or the average number of products sold to existing customers — may become more challenging and we might not attain our goal of selling an average of eight products to each customer.

We may elect to provide capital support to our mutual funds relating to investments in structured credit products. The money market mutual funds we advise are allowed to hold investments in structured investment vehicles (SIVs) in accordance with approved investment parameters for the respective funds and, therefore, we may have indirect exposure to CDOs. Although we generally are not responsible for investment losses incurred by our mutual funds, we may from time to time elect to provide support to a fund even though we are not contractually obligated to do so. For example, in February 2008, to maintain an investment rating of AAA for certain money market mutual funds, we elected to enter into a capital support agreement for up to $130 million related to one SIV held by those funds. If we provide capital support to a mutual fund we advise, and the fund’s investment losses require the capital to be utilized, we may incur losses, thus reducing earnings.

For more information, refer to Note 8 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K and to Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Our venture capital business can also be volatile from quarter to quarter. Certain of our venture capital businesses are carried under the cost or equity method, and others (e.g., principal investments) are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected in earnings. Our venture capital investments tend to be in technology and other volatile industries so the value of our public and private equity portfolios may fluctuate widely. Earnings from our venture capital investments may be volatile and hard to predict and may have a significant effect on our earnings from period to period. When, and if, we recognize gains may depend on a number of factors, including general economic conditions, the prospects of the companies in which we invest, when these companies go public, the size of our position relative to the public float, and whether we are subject to any resale restrictions.

Our venture capital investments could result in significant losses, either OTTI losses for those investments carried under the cost or equity method or mark-to-market losses for principal investments. Our assessment for OTTI is based on a number of factors, including the then current market value of each investment compared with its carrying value. If we determine there is OTTI for an investment, we write-down the carrying value of the investment, resulting in a charge to earnings. The amount of this charge could be significant. Further, our principal investing portfolio could incur significant mark-to-market losses especially if these investments have been written up because of higher market prices.

As noted above, regulations associated with the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to include prohibitions or limitations on proprietary trading and private fund investment activities. These restrictions, known as the “Volcker Rule,” are subject to final rulemaking and interpretation, and the ultimate impact of the Volcker Rule on our venture capital business is uncertain.

For more information, refer to the “Risk Management — Asset/Liability Management — Market Risk —Trading Activities” and “— Equity Markets” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

We rely on dividends from our subsidiaries for revenue, and federal and state law can limit those dividends. Wells Fargo & Company, the parent holding company, is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. It receives a significant portion of its revenue from dividends from its subsidiaries. We generally use these dividends, among other things, to pay dividends on our common and preferred stock and interest and principal on our debt. Federal and state laws limit the amount of dividends that our bank and some of our nonbank subsidiaries may pay to us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.

For more information, refer to the “Regulation and Supervision — Dividend Restrictions” and “—Holding Company Structure” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K and to Note 3 (Cash, Loan and Dividend Restrictions) and Note 25 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K.

Changes in accounting policies or accounting standards, and changes in how accounting standards are interpreted or applied, could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition. Our accounting policies are fundamental to determining and understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Several of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. For a description of these policies, refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.

From time to time the FASB and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret the accounting standards (such as the FASB, SEC, banking regulators and our outside auditors) may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Changes in financial accounting and reporting standards and changes in current interpretations may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition. We may be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively or apply an existing standard differently, also retroactively, in each case resulting in our potentially restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates which, if wrong, could cause unexpected losses in the future. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, we are required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including in determining credit loss reserves, reserves related to litigation and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items. If assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses.

Certain of our financial instruments, including trading assets and liabilities, available-for-sale securities, certain loans, MSRs, private equity investments, structured notes and certain repurchase and resale agreements, among other items, require a determination of their fair value in order to prepare our financial statements. Where quoted market prices are not available, we may make fair value determinations based on internally developed models or other means which ultimately rely to some degree on management judgment. Some of these and other assets and liabilities may have no direct observable price levels, making their valuation particularly subjective, being based on significant estimation and judgment. In addition, sudden illiquidity in markets or declines in prices of certain loans and securities may make it more difficult to value certain balance sheet items, which may lead to the possibility that such

valuations will be subject to further change or adjustment and could lead to declines in our earnings.

Acquisitions could reduce our stock price upon announcement and reduce our earnings if we overpay or have difficulty integrating them. We regularly explore opportunities to acquire companies in the financial services industry. We cannot predict the frequency, size or timing of our acquisitions, and we typically do not comment publicly on a possible acquisition until we have signed a definitive agreement. When we do announce an acquisition, our stock price may fall depending on the size of the acquisition, the purchase price and the potential dilution to existing stockholders. It is also possible that an acquisition could dilute earnings per share.

We generally must receive federal regulatory approvals before we can acquire a bank or bank holding company. In deciding whether to approve a proposed acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, and future prospects including current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management and record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including our record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act, and our effectiveness in combating money laundering. Also, we cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. We might be required to sell banks, branches and/or business units as a condition to receiving regulatory approval.

Difficulty in integrating an acquired company may cause us not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and other projected benefits from the acquisition. The integration could result in higher than expected deposit attrition (run-off), loss of key employees, disruption of our business or the business of the acquired company, or otherwise harm our ability to retain customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Time and resources spent on integration may also impair our ability to grow our existing businesses. Also, the negative effect of any divestitures required by regulatory authorities in acquisitions or business combinations may be greater than expected. Federal and state regulations can restrict our business, and non-compliance with regulations could result in penalties, litigation and damage to our reputation. As described above, our parent company, our subsidiary banks and many of our nonbank subsidiaries such as those related to our retail brokerage and mutual fund businesses are heavily regulated at the federal and/or state levels. This regulation is to protect depositors, federal deposit insurance funds, consumers, investors and the banking system as a whole, not necessarily our stockholders. Federal and state regulations can significantly restrict our businesses, and we could be fined or otherwise penalized if we are found to be out of compliance.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) limits the types of non-audit services our outside auditors may provide to us in order to preserve their independence from us. If our auditors were found not to be “independent” of us under SEC

Risk Factors (continued)

rules, we could be required to engage new auditors and file new financial statements and audit reports with the SEC. We could be out of compliance with SEC rules until new financial statements and audit reports were filed, limiting our ability to raise capital and resulting in other adverse consequences.

Sarbanes-Oxley also requires our management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting and requires our auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose, in our annual report on Form 10-K, the existence of any “material weaknesses” in our internal control. We cannot assure that we will not find one or more material weaknesses as of the end of any given year, nor can we predict the effect on our stock price of disclosure of a material weakness.

From time to time Congress considers and/or adopts legislation, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, that could significantly change our regulatory environment and increase our cost of doing business, limit the activities we may pursue or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial services companies.

For more information, refer to the “Regulation and Supervision” section in our 2010 Form 10-K.

We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations. We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations. However, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there was in place at the time systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance. For example, we are subject to regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) that prohibit financial institutions from participating in the transfer of property belonging to the governments of certain foreign countries and designated nationals of those countries. OFAC may impose penalties for inadvertent or unintentional violations even if reasonable processes are in place to prevent the violations. There may be other negative consequences resulting from a finding of noncompliance, including restrictions on certain activities. Such a finding may also damage our reputation (see below) and could restrict the ability of institutional investment managers to invest in our securities.

Negative publicity could damage our reputation and business. Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business and increased substantially because of the financial crisis and the increase in our size and profile in the financial services industry following our acquisition of Wachovia. The reputation of the financial services industry in general has been damaged as a result of the financial crisis and other matters affecting the financial services industry, including mortgage foreclosure issues, and negative public opinion about the financial services industry generally or Wells Fargo specifically

could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including mortgage lending practices, servicing and foreclosure activities, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. Because we conduct most of our businesses under the “Wells Fargo” brand, negative public opinion about one business could affect our other businesses and also could negatively affect our “cross-sell” strategy.

Federal Reserve Board policies can significantly affect business and economic conditions and our financial results and condition. The FRB regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return we earn on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. They also can materially affect the value of financial instruments we hold, such as debt securities and MSRs. Its policies also can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in FRB policies are beyond our control and can be hard to predict.

Risks Relating to Legal Proceedings. Wells Fargo and some of its subsidiaries are involved in judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising from our business activities. Although we believe we have a meritorious defense in all material significant litigation pending against us, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome. We establish reserves for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. We may still incur legal costs for a matter even if we have not established a reserve. In addition, the actual cost of resolving a legal claim may be substantially higher than any amounts reserved for that matter. The ultimate resolution of a pending legal proceeding, depending on the remedy sought and granted, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

For more information, refer to Note 14 (Guarantees and Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K and to Note 11 (Legal Actions) in this Report.

Risks Affecting Our Stock Price Our stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors, in addition to those described above, including:

•		general business and economic conditions;

•		recommendations by securities analysts;

•		new technology used, or services offered, by our competitors;

•		operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

•		news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;

•		changes in government regulations;

•		natural disasters; and

•		geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

Any factor described in this Report or in any of our other SEC filings could by itself, or together with other factors, adversely affect our financial results and condition. Refer to our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC in 2011 for material changes to the discussion of risk factors. There are factors not discussed above or elsewhere in this Report that could adversely affect our financial results and condition.

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of June 30, 2011, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2011.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;

•

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

•

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during second quarter 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)


	Quarter ended June 30,					Six months ended June 30,

(in millions, except per share amounts)	2011			2010		2011			2010


Interest income
Trading assets	$	347			266		697			533
Securities available for sale		2,166			2,385		4,330			4,800
Mortgages held for sale		362			405		799			792
Loans held for sale		17			30		29			64
Loans		9,361			10,277		18,748			20,315
Other interest income		131			109		253			193


Total interest income		12,384			13,472		24,856			26,697


Interest expense
Deposits		594			714		1,209			1,449
Short-term borrowings		20			21		46			39
Long-term debt		1,009			1,233		2,113			2,509
Other interest expense		83			55		159			104


Total interest expense		1,706			2,023		3,527			4,101


Net interest income		10,678			11,449		21,329			22,596
Provision for credit losses		1,838			3,989		4,048			9,319


Net interest income after provision for credit losses		8,840			7,460		17,281			13,277


Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts		1,074			1,417		2,086			2,749
Trust and investment fees		2,944			2,743		5,860			5,412
Card fees		1,003			911		1,960			1,776
Other fees		1,023			982		2,012			1,923
Mortgage banking		1,619			2,011		3,635			4,481
Insurance		568			544		1,071			1,165
Net gains from trading activities		414			109		1,026			646
Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale (1)		(128	)		30		(294	)		58
Net gains from equity investments (2)		724			288		1,077			331
Operating leases		103			329		180			514
Other		364			581		773			1,191


Total noninterest income		9,708			9,945		19,386			20,246


Noninterest expense
Salaries		3,584			3,564		7,038			6,878
Commission and incentive compensation		2,171			2,225		4,518			4,217
Employee benefits		1,164			1,063		2,556			2,385
Equipment		528			588		1,160			1,266
Net occupancy		749			742		1,501			1,538
Core deposit and other intangibles		464			553		947			1,102
FDIC and other deposit assessments		315			295		620			596
Other		3,500			3,716		6,868			6,881


Total noninterest expense		12,475			12,746		25,208			24,863


Income before income tax expense		6,073			4,659		11,459			8,660
Income tax expense		2,001			1,514		3,573			2,915


Net income before noncontrolling interests		4,072			3,145		7,886			5,745
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests		124			83		179			136


Wells Fargo net income	$	3,948			3,062		7,707			5,609


Less: Preferred stock dividends and other		220			184		409			359


Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock	$	3,728			2,878		7,298			5,250


Per share information
Earnings per common share	$	0.70			0.55		1.38			1.01
Diluted earnings per common share		0.70			0.55		1.37			1.00
Dividends declared per common share		0.12			0.05		0.24			0.10
Average common shares outstanding		5,286.5			5,219.7		5,282.7			5,205.1
Diluted average common shares outstanding		5,331.7			5,260.8		5,329.9			5,243.0


(1)		Includes other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses of $189 million and $106 million recognized in earnings for second quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total OTTI losses (gains) were $129 million and $49 million, net of $(60) million and $(57) million recognized as non-credit related OTTI in other comprehensive income for second quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively. Includes other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses of $269 million and $198 million recognized in earnings for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total OTTI losses (gains) were $53 million and $203 million, net of $(216) million and $5 million recognized as non-credit related OTTI in other comprehensive income for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(2)		Includes OTTI losses of $16 million and $62 million for second quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $57 million and $167 million for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)


	June 30,			Dec. 31,

(in millions, except shares)	2011			2010


Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	24,059			16,044
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments		88,406			80,637
Trading assets		54,770			51,414
Securities available for sale		186,298			172,654
Mortgages held for sale (includes $25,175 and $47,531 carried at fair value)		31,254			51,763
Loans held for sale (includes $1,102 and $873 carried at fair value)		1,512			1,290

Loans (includes $0 and $309 carried at fair value)		751,921			757,267
Allowance for loan losses		(20,893	)		(23,022	)


Net loans		731,028			734,245


Mortgage servicing rights:
Measured at fair value		14,778			14,467
Amortized		1,422			1,419
Premises and equipment, net		9,613			9,644
Goodwill		24,776			24,770
Other assets		91,818			99,781


Total assets (1)	$	1,259,734			1,258,128


Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	202,143			191,256
Interest-bearing deposits		651,492			656,686


Total deposits		853,635			847,942
Short-term borrowings		53,881			55,401
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		71,430			69,913
Long-term debt (includes $0 and $306 carried at fair value)		142,872			156,983


Total liabilities (2)		1,121,818			1,130,239


Equity
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock		11,730			8,689
Common stock — $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 5,325,393,921 shares and 5,272,414,622 shares		8,876			8,787
Additional paid-in capital		55,226			53,426
Retained earnings		57,942			51,918
Cumulative other comprehensive income		5,422			4,738
Treasury stock — 47,222,127 shares and 10,131,394 shares		(1,546	)		(487	)
Unearned ESOP shares		(1,249	)		(663	)


Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity		136,401			126,408
Noncontrolling interests		1,515			1,481


Total equity		137,916			127,889


Total liabilities and equity	$	1,259,734			1,258,128


(1)		Our consolidated assets at June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $172 million and $200 million; Trading assets, $95 million and $143 million; Securities available for sale, $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion; Mortgages held for sale, $408 million and $634 million; Loans held for sale, $135 million and $0; Net loans, $13.6 billion and $16.7 billion; Other assets, $1.6 billion and $2.1 billion, and Total assets, $18.3 billion and $21.9 billion, respectively.

(2)		Our consolidated liabilities at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $26 million and $7 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $121 million and $98 million; Long-term debt, $6.2 billion and $8.3 billion; and Total liabilities, $6.3 billion and $8.4 billion, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

Preferred stock

Common stock

(in millions, except shares)

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance January 1, 2010

9,980,940

8,485

5,178,624,593

8,743

Cumulative effect from change in accounting for VIEs

Comprehensive income:

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Translation adjustments

Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of reclassification of $134 million of net gains included in net income

Net unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities, net of reclassification of $204 million of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income

Unamortized losses under defined benefit plans, net of amortization

Total comprehensive income

Noncontrolling interests

Common stock issued

37,142,817

Common stock repurchased

(2,206,165

)

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

1,000,000

1,000

Preferred stock released by ESOP

Preferred stock converted to common shares

(504,847

)

(505

)

17,834,436

Common stock warrants repurchased

Common stock dividends

Preferred stock dividends

Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options

Stock incentive compensation expense

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

Net change

495,153

495

52,771,088

Balance June 30, 2010

10,476,093

8,980

5,231,395,681

8,743

Balance January 1, 2011

10,185,303

8,689

5,262,283,228

8,787

Comprehensive income:

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Translation adjustments

Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of reclassification of $114 million of net gains included in net income

Net unrealized losses on derivatives and hedging activities, net of reclassification of $27 million of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income

Unamortized gains under defined benefit plans, net of amortization

Total comprehensive income

Noncontrolling interests

Common stock issued

31,512,347

Common stock repurchased

(37,090,733

)

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

1,200,000

1,200

Preferred stock released by ESOP

Preferred stock converted to common shares

(659,999

)

(660

)

21,466,952

Preferred stock issued

25,010

2,501

Common stock dividends

Preferred stock dividends

Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options

Stock incentive compensation expense

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

Net change

565,011

3,041

15,888,566

Balance June 30, 2011

10,750,314

11,730

5,278,171,794

8,876

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
						Cumulative									Total
Additional						other						Unearned			Wells Fargo
paid-in			Retained			comprehensive			Treasury			ESOP			stockholders’			Noncontrolling			Total
capital			earnings			income			stock			shares			equity			interests			equity

	52,878			41,563			3,009			(2,450	)		(442	)		111,786			2,573		114,359

				183												183					183


				5,609												5,609			136		5,745


							(13	)								(13	)		(1	)	(14	)


							1,672									1,672			11		1,683


							144									144					144

							32									32					32

																7,444			146		7,590

	17															17			(1,093	)	(1,076	)

	21			(338	)					1,182						865					865

										(68	)					(68	)				(68	)

	80												(1,080	)		-					-

	(40	)											545			505					505

	(62	)								567						-					-

	(540	)														(540	)				(540	)

	2			(522	)											(520	)				(520	)

				(369	)											(369	)				(369	)

	76															76					76

	279															279					279

	(24	)								138						114					114

	(191	)		4,563			1,835			1,819			(535	)		7,986			(947	)	7,039

	52,687			46,126			4,844			(631	)		(977	)		119,772			1,626		121,398

	53,426			51,918			4,738			(487	)		(663	)		126,408			1,481		127,889


				7,707												7,707			179		7,886


							18									18					18


							748									748			(4	)	744


							(110	)								(110	)				(110	)

							28									28					28

																8,391			175		8,566

	(42	)														(42	)		(141	)	(183	)

	748															801					801

										(1,072	)					(1,072	)				(1,072	)

	102												(1,302	)		-					-

	(56	)											716			660					660

	624															-					-

																2,501					2,501

	10			(1,279	)											(1,269	)				(1,269	)

				(404	)											(404	)				(404	)

	62															62					62

	376															376					376

	(24	)								13						(11	)				(11	)

	1,800			6,024			684			(1,059	)		(586	)		9,993			34		10,027

	55,226			57,942			5,422			(1,546	)		(1,249	)		136,401			1,515		137,916

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)


	Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income before noncontrolling interests	$	7,886			5,745
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses		4,048			9,319
Changes in fair value of MSRs, MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value		(187	)		1,384
Depreciation and amortization		968			1,335
Other net losses (gains)		(300	)		2,351
Preferred stock released by ESOP		660			505
Stock incentive compensation expense		376			279
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments		(64	)		(75	)
Originations of MHFS		(143,488	)		(153,453	)
Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on mortgages originated for sale		151,707			161,908
Originations of LHFS		-			(4,206	)
Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on LHFS		5,165			10,555
Purchases of LHFS		(5,248	)		(4,673	)
Net change in:
Trading assets		15,028			(3,938	)
Deferred income taxes		1,318			2,416
Accrued interest receivable		(114	)		727
Accrued interest payable		(43	)		(56	)
Other assets, net		(1,378	)		(4,595	)
Other accrued expenses and liabilities, net		(7,773	)		(8,674	)

Net cash provided by operating activities		28,561			16,854

Cash flows from investing activities:
Net change in:
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments		(7,769	)		(33,013	)
Securities available for sale:
Sales proceeds		18,801			3,981
Prepayments and maturities		21,079			22,741
Purchases		(45,125	)		(11,095	)
Loans:
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected		(5,803	)		20,904
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries		3,492			3,556
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries		(2,277	)		(1,201	)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans		5,543			8,006
Loans originated by nonbank entities		(3,988	)		(5,309	)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets		3,061			2,346
Changes in MSRs from purchases and sales		(81	)		(15	)
Other, net		2,804			819

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities		(10,263	)		11,720

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net change in:
Deposits		5,693			(8,395	)
Short-term borrowings		(1,441	)		1,094
Long-term debt:
Proceeds from issuance		6,702			2,165
Repayment		(21,691	)		(31,925	)
Preferred stock:
Proceeds from issuance		2,501			-
Cash dividends paid		(404	)		(369	)
Common stock:
Proceeds from issuance		801			865
Repurchased		(1,072	)		(68	)
Cash dividends paid		(1,269	)		(520	)
Common stock warrants repurchased		-			(540	)
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments		64			75
Net change in noncontrolling interests		(167	)		(465	)

Net cash used by financing activities		(10,283	)		(38,083	)

Net change in cash and due from banks		8,015			(9,509	)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period		16,044			27,080

Cash and due from banks at end of period	$	24,059			17,571

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid for interest	$	3,570			4,157
Cash paid for income taxes		2,581			625

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 for noncash activities.

See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes of this Form 10-Q.

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in other countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Form 10-Q, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) on investment securities (Note 4), allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5), valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Notes 7 and 8) and financial instruments (Note 13), liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses (Note 8) and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The information furnished in these unaudited interim statements reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K).

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2011

In first quarter 2011, we adopted certain provisions of Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2010-6, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.

ASU 2010-6 amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Companies are required to disclose significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Update also clarifies that fair value measurement disclosures should be presented for each asset and liability class, which is generally a subset of a line item in the statement of financial position. In the rollforward of Level 3 activity, companies must present information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis rather than on a net basis. Companies should also provide information about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring instruments classified as either Level 2 or Level 3. In first quarter 2011, we adopted the requirement for gross presentation in the Level 3 rollforward with prospective application. The remaining provisions were effective for us in first quarter 2010. Our adoption of the Update did not affect our consolidated financial statement results since it amends only the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements.

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION Noncash activities are presented below, including information on transfers affecting MHFS, LHFS, and MSRs.


	Six months ended June 30,

(in millions)	2011			2010

Transfers from loans to securities available for sale	$	-			3,468
Trading assets retained from securitization of MHFS		18,393			-
Capitalization of MSRs from sale of MHFS		2,058			2,025
Transfers from MHFS to foreclosed assets		78			102
Transfers from loans to MHFS		50			99
Transfers from (to) loans to (from) LHFS		170			(77	)
Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets		2,164			5,481
Changes in consolidations of variable interest entities:
Trading assets		-			155
Securities available for sale		156			(7,590	)
Loans		(1,004	)		25,657
Other assets		-			193
Short-term borrowings		-			5,127
Long-term debt		(770	)		13,134
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		-			(32	)
Decrease in noncontrolling interests due to deconsolidation of subsidiaries		-			240
Transfer from noncontrolling interests to long-term debt		-			345

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS We have evaluated the effects of subsequent events that have occurred subsequent to period end June 30, 2011, and there have been no material events that

would require recognition in our second quarter 2011 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the financial statements.

Note 2: Business Combinations

We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed. For information on additional consideration related to acquisitions, which is considered to be a guarantee, see Note 10.

In the first half of 2011, we completed two insurance brokerage business acquisitions with combined total assets of $4 million. At June 30, 2011, we had four acquisitions pending, two

of which closed on July 1, 2011 consisting of a channel finance business with total assets of approximately $354 million and an insurance brokerage business with total assets of approximately $18 million. We expect to complete the two other acquisitions during the remainder of 2011. Additionally, during second quarter 2011 we announced the divestiture of our H.D. Vest Financial Services business. We expect to complete the sale during fourth quarter 2011.

Note 3: Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments

The following table provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments.


	June 30,		Dec. 31,

(in millions)	2011		2010


Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	$	25,009		24,880
Interest-earning deposits		61,783		53,433
Other short-term investments		1,614		2,324


Total	$	88,406		80,637

We receive collateral from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings. For additional information, see Note 10.

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale

The following table provides the cost and fair value for the major categories of securities available for sale carried at fair value. The net unrealized gains (losses) are reported on an after-tax basis as

a component of cumulative OCI. There were no securities classified as held to maturity as of the periods presented.


			Gross		Gross
			unrealized		unrealized			Fair
(in millions)	Cost		gains		losses			value


June 30, 2011

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	10,490		46		(13	)		10,523
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		24,173		802		(563	)		24,412
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		74,472		3,892		(26	)		78,338
Residential		16,835		1,843		(318	)		18,360
Commercial		13,889		1,335		(496	)		14,728


Total mortgage-backed securities		105,196		7,070		(840	)		111,426

Corporate debt securities		10,584		1,388		(75	)		11,897
Collateralized debt obligations (1)		6,951		467		(186	)		7,232
Other (2)		16,132		507		(186	)		16,453


Total debt securities		173,526		10,280		(1,863	)		181,943

Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		2,930		286		(72	)		3,144
Other marketable equity securities		569		645		(3	)		1,211


Total marketable equity securities		3,499		931		(75	)		4,355


Total	$	177,025		11,211		(1,938	)		186,298


December 31, 2010

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	1,570		49		(15	)		1,604
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		18,923		568		(837	)		18,654
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		78,578		3,555		(96	)		82,037
Residential		18,294		2,398		(489	)		20,203
Commercial		12,990		1,199		(635	)		13,554


Total mortgage-backed securities		109,862		7,152		(1,220	)		115,794

Corporate debt securities		9,015		1,301		(37	)		10,279
Collateralized debt obligations (1)		4,638		369		(229	)		4,778
Other (2)		16,063		576		(283	)		16,356


Total debt securities		160,071		10,015		(2,621	)		167,465

Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		3,671		250		(89	)		3,832
Other marketable equity securities		587		771		(1	)		1,357


Total marketable equity securities		4,258		1,021		(90	)		5,189


Total	$	164,329		11,036		(2,711	)		172,654


(1)		Includes collateralized loan obligations with a cost basis and fair value of $6.3 billion and $6.6 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2011, and $4.0 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

(2)		Included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves with a cost basis and fair value of $4.0 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2011, and $6.2 billion and $6.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Also included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by home equity loans with a cost basis and fair value of $1.3 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2011, and $927 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The remaining balances primarily include asset-backed securities collateralized by credit cards and student loans.

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we

have taken only credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.


	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Gross					Gross					Gross
	unrealized			Fair		unrealized			Fair		unrealized			Fair
(in millions)	losses			value		losses			value		losses			value


June 30, 2011

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	(13	)		7,267		-			-		(13	)		7,267
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		(124	)		5,237		(439	)		3,576		(563	)		8,813
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		(19	)		4,045		(7	)		676		(26	)		4,721
Residential		(39	)		1,751		(279	)		3,571		(318	)		5,322
Commercial		(39	)		1,342		(457	)		3,936		(496	)		5,278


Total mortgage-backed securities		(97	)		7,138		(743	)		8,183		(840	)		15,321

Corporate debt securities		(16	)		1,291		(59	)		227		(75	)		1,518
Collateralized debt obligations		(25	)		1,933		(161	)		501		(186	)		2,434
Other		(18	)		2,124		(168	)		659		(186	)		2,783


Total debt securities		(293	)		24,990		(1,570	)		13,146		(1,863	)		38,136

Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		(5	)		303		(67	)		817		(72	)		1,120
Other marketable equity securities		(3	)		25		-			-		(3	)		25


Total marketable equity securities		(8	)		328		(67	)		817		(75	)		1,145


Total	$	(301	)		25,318		(1,637	)		13,963		(1,938	)		39,281


December 31, 2010

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	(15	)		544		-			-		(15	)		544
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		(322	)		6,242		(515	)		2,720		(837	)		8,962
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		(95	)		8,103		(1	)		60		(96	)		8,163
Residential		(35	)		1,023		(454	)		4,440		(489	)		5,463
Commercial		(9	)		441		(626	)		5,141		(635	)		5,582


Total mortgage-backed securities		(139	)		9,567		(1,081	)		9,641		(1,220	)		19,208

Corporate debt securities		(10	)		477		(27	)		157		(37	)		634
Collateralized debt obligations		(13	)		679		(216	)		456		(229	)		1,135
Other		(13	)		1,985		(270	)		757		(283	)		2,742


Total debt securities		(512	)		19,494		(2,109	)		13,731		(2,621	)		33,225

Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		(41	)		962		(48	)		467		(89	)		1,429
Other marketable equity securities		-			-		(1	)		7		(1	)		7


Total marketable equity securities		(41	)		962		(49	)		474		(90	)		1,436


Total	$	(553	)		20,456		(2,158	)		14,205		(2,711	)		34,661

We do not have the intent to sell any securities included in the previous table. For debt securities included in the table, we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We have assessed each security for credit impairment. For debt securities, we evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities’ amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whether impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the cost basis of the securities.

For complete descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment, see Note 5 in our 2010 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our methodologies for assessing impairment in the first half of 2011.

SECURITIES OF U.S. TREASURY AND FEDERAL AGENCIES AND FEDERAL AGENCY MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (MBS)

The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities and federal agency MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to credit losses given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. government.

SECURITIES OF U.S. STATES AND POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS
The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. Substantially all of these investments are investment grade. The securities were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These investments will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform, even if the rating agencies reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers. As a result, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (MBS) The unrealized losses associated with private residential MBS and commercial MBS are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. We estimate losses to a security by forecasting the underlying mortgage loans in each transaction. We use forecasted loan performance to project cash flows to the various tranches in the structure. We also consider cash flow forecasts and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES The unrealized losses associated with corporate debt securities are primarily related to

unsecured debt obligations issued by various corporations. We evaluate the financial performance of each issuer on a quarterly basis to determine that the issuer can make all contractual principal and interest payments. Based upon this assessment, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CDOs) The unrealized losses associated with CDOs relate to securities primarily backed by commercial, residential or other consumer collateral. The losses are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. We also consider cash flow forecasts and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

OTHER DEBT SECURITIES The unrealized losses associated with other debt securities primarily relate to other asset-backed securities. The losses are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES Our marketable equity securities include investments in perpetual preferred securities, which provide very attractive tax-equivalent yields. We evaluated these hybrid financial instruments with investment-grade ratings for impairment using an evaluation methodology similar to that used for debt securities. Perpetual preferred securities are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired if there is no evidence of credit deterioration or investment rating downgrades of any issuers to below investment grade, and we expect to continue to receive full contractual payments. We will continue to evaluate the prospects for these securities for recovery in their market value in accordance with our policy for estimating OTTI. We have recorded impairment write-downs on perpetual preferred securities where there was evidence of credit deterioration.

The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the residential and commercial MBS or other securities deteriorate and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protection to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant OTTI may occur in the future.

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred securities available for sale by those rated investment grade and those rated less than investment grade, according to their lowest credit rating by

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table

below based on the internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade based on internal credit grades were $190 million and $3.0 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2011, and $83 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade.



	Investment grade					Non-investment grade

	Gross					Gross

	unrealized			Fair		unrealized			Fair

(in millions)	losses			value		losses			value


June 30, 2011

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	(13	)		7,267		-			-
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		(467	)		8,340		(96	)		473
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		(26	)		4,721		-			-
Residential		(14	)		544		(304	)		4,778
Commercial		(239	)		4,286		(257	)		992


Total mortgage-backed securities		(279	)		9,551		(561	)		5,770

Corporate debt securities		(18	)		839		(57	)		679
Collateralized debt obligations		(47	)		2,069		(139	)		365
Other		(164	)		2,522		(22	)		261


Total debt securities		(988	)		30,588		(875	)		7,548
Perpetual preferred securities		(69	)		1,002		(3	)		118


Total	$	(1,057	)		31,590		(878	)		7,666


December 31, 2010

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	(15	)		544		-			-
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		(722	)		8,423		(115	)		539
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		(96	)		8,163		-			-
Residential		(23	)		888		(466	)		4,575
Commercial		(299	)		4,679		(336	)		903


Total mortgage-backed securities		(418	)		13,730		(802	)		5,478

Corporate debt securities		(22	)		330		(15	)		304
Collateralized debt obligations		(42	)		613		(187	)		522
Other		(180	)		2,510		(103	)		232


Total debt securities		(1,399	)		26,150		(1,222	)		7,075
Perpetual preferred securities		(81	)		1,327		(8	)		102


Total	$	(1,480	)		27,477		(1,230	)		7,177

Contractual Maturities

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities and contractual yields of debt securities available for sale. The remaining contractual principal maturities for MBS do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ

from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.



						Remaining contractual maturity

			Weighted-								After one year					After five years

	Total		average			Within one year					through five years					through ten years					After ten years

(in millions)	amount		yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield


June 30, 2011

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	10,523		1.06	%	$	8		5.35	%	$	9,913		0.89	%	$	511		3.70	%	$	91		3.97	%
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		24,412		5.35			501		3.49			5,065		2.88			2,075		5.60			16,771		6.12
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		78,338		4.86			11		6.58			480		2.61			743		4.66			77,104		4.88
Residential		18,360		4.82			-		-			-		-			707		1.89			17,653		4.93
Commercial		14,728		5.48			-		-			1		1.55			194		5.69			14,533		5.48


Total mortgage-backed securities		111,426		4.94			11		6.58			481		2.60			1,644		3.59			109,290		4.97


Corporate debt securities		11,897		5.39			577		5.51			5,748		4.54			4,195		6.47			1,377		5.59
Collateralized debt obligations		7,232		0.81			-		-			527		0.87			4,787		0.70			1,918		1.06
Other		16,453		2.17			897		1.30			7,948		2.05			3,317		2.54			4,291		2.28


Total debt securities at fair value	$	181,943		4.38	%	$	1,994		3.11	%	$	29,682		2.27	%	$	16,529		3.53	%	$	133,738		4.97	%


December 31, 2010

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	1,604		2.54	%	$	9		5.07	%	$	641		1.72	%	$	852		2.94	%	$	102		4.15	%
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		18,654		5.99			322		3.83			3,210		3.57			1,884		6.13			13,238		6.60
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		82,037		5.01			5		6.63			28		6.58			420		5.23			81,584		5.00
Residential		20,203		4.98			-		-			-		-			341		3.20			19,862		5.01
Commercial		13,554		5.39			-		-			1		1.38			215		5.28			13,338		5.39


Total mortgage-backed securities		115,794		5.05			5		6.63			29		6.38			976		4.53			114,784		5.05


Corporate debt securities		10,279		5.94			545		7.82			3,853		6.01			4,817		5.62			1,064		6.21
Collateralized debt obligations		4,778		0.80			-		-			545		0.88			2,581		0.72			1,652		0.90
Other		16,356		2.53			1,588		2.89			7,887		3.00			4,367		2.01			2,514		1.72


Total debt securities at fair value	$	167,465		4.81	%	$	2,469		4.12	%	$	16,165		3.72	%	$	15,477		3.63	%	$	133,354		5.10	%

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

Realized Gains and Losses

The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales and OTTI write-downs related to the securities available-for-sale portfolio, which includes marketable equity securities, as well as net realized gains and losses on nonmarketable equity securities (see Note 6 — Other Assets).


	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010


Gross realized gains	$	430			260			500			444
Gross realized losses		(7	)		(3	)		(49	)		(18	)
OTTI write-downs		(189	)		(106	)		(269	)		(212	)


Net realized gains from securities available for sale		234			151			182			214


Net realized gains from principal and private equity investments		362			167			601			175


Net realized gains from debt securities and equity investments	$	596			318			783			389

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The following table shows the detail of total OTTI write-downs included in earnings for debt securities and marketable and nonmarketable equity securities.


	Quarter ended June 30,				Six months ended June 30,

(in millions)	2011		2010		2011		2010

OTTI write-downs included in earnings
Debt securities:
U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	2		3		2		8
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		144		37		206		76
Commercial		9		42		23		55
Corporate debt securities		-		4		-		5
Collateralized debt obligations		-		5		-		11
Other debt securities		34		15		38		43


Total debt securities		189		106		269		198


Equity securities:
Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		-		-		-		14


Total marketable equity securities		-		-		-		14


Total securities available for sale		189		106		269		212
Nonmarketable equity securities		16		62		57		153


Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings	$	205		168		326		365

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities

The following table shows the detail of OTTI write-downs on debt securities available for sale included in earnings and the related changes in OCI for the same securities.


	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,

(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010


OTTI on debt securities
Recorded as part of gross realized losses:
Credit-related OTTI	$	189			106			268			195
Intent-to-sell OTTI		-			-			1			3


Total recorded as part of gross realized losses		189			106			269			198


Recorded directly to OCI for non-credit-related impairment:
U.S. states and political subdivisions		(1	)		(1	)		(1	)		(5	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities		(64	)		(124	)		(168	)		(98	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		17			84			(36	)		82
Collateralized debt obligations		-			(3	)		-			56
Other debt securities		(12	)		(13	)		(11	)		(30	)


Total recorded directly to OCI for increase (decrease) in non-credit-related impairment (1)		(60	)		(57	)		(216	)		5


Total OTTI losses recorded on debt securities	$	129			49			53			203


(1)		Represents amounts recorded to OCI on debt securities in periods OTTI write-downs have occurred. Changes in fair value in subsequent periods on such securities, to the extent additional credit-related OTTI did not occur, are not reflected in this total. For the quarter ended June 30, 2011, the non-credit-related impairment recorded to OCI was a $60 million reduction in total OTTI because the fair value of the security increased due to factors other than credit. This fair value increase (net of the $189 million decrease related to credit) was not sufficient to recover the full amount of the unrealized loss on such securities and therefore required recognition of OTTI.

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

The following table presents a rollforward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for debt securities we still own (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities). The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. OTTI recognized in earnings for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not

the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit-impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive or expect to receive cash flows in excess of what we previously expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down.

Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities that we do not intend to sell were:


	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,

(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010


Credit loss component, beginning of period	$	1,087			1,002			1,043			1,187
Additions:
Initial credit impairments		31			39			42			59
Subsequent credit impairments		158			67			226			136


Total additions		189			106			268			195


Reductions:
For securities sold		(15	)		(51	)		(38	)		(76	)
For securities derecognized resulting from adoption of consolidation accounting guidance		-			-			-			(242	)
Due to change in intent to sell or requirement to sell		-			(2	)		-			(2	)
For recoveries of previous credit impairments (1)		(10	)		(6	)		(22	)		(13	)


Total reductions		(25	)		(59	)		(60	)		(333	)


Credit loss component, end of period	$	1,251			1,049			1,251			1,049


(1)		Recoveries of previous credit impairments result from increases in expected cash flows subsequent to credit loss recognition. Such recoveries are reflected prospectively as interest yield adjustments using the effective interest method.

For asset-backed securities (e.g., residential MBS), we estimated expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordinated interests owned by third parties, to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which consider current delinquencies and nonperforming assets

(NPAs), future expected default rates and collateral value by vintage and geographic region) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the interest rate used to recognize interest income on the security to arrive at a present value amount. Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS that we do not intend to sell are shown in the table below. The table also presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for residential MBS.




	Quarter ended June 30,					Six months ended June 30,

($ in millions)	2011			2010		2011		2010

Credit impairment losses on residential MBS
Investment grade	$	-			-		5		-
Non-investment grade		144			37		201		76


Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS	$	144			37		206		76


Significant inputs (non-agency — non-investment grade MBS)
Expected remaining life of loan losses (1):
Range (2)		0-40	%		1-40		0-40		1-40
Credit impairment distribution (3):
0 - 10% range		40			54		45		53
10 - 20% range		13			8		16		14
20 - 30% range		35			34		30		29
Greater than 30%		12			4		9		4
Weighted average (4)		12			8		11		9
Current subordination levels (5):
Range (2)		0-13			0-25		0-13		0-25
Weighted average (4)		4			7		5		7
Prepayment speed (annual CPR (6)):
Range (2)		5-14			3-17		5-15		3-17
Weighted average (4)		11			9		11		9


(1)		Represents future expected credit losses on underlying pool of loans expressed as a percentage of total current outstanding loan balance.

(2)		Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the individual securities within each category.

(3)		Represents distribution of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings categorized based on range of expected remaining life of loan losses. For example 40% of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, had expected remaining life of loan loss assumptions of 0 to 10%.

(4)		Calculated by weighting the relevant input/assumption for each individual security by current outstanding amortized cost basis of the security.

(5)		Represents current level of credit protection (subordination) for the securities, expressed as a percentage of total current underlying loan balance.

(6)		Constant prepayment rate.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances are presented net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized discounts and premiums totaling a net reduction of $10.2 billion and $11.3 billion at June 30, 2011, and

December 31, 2010, respectively. Outstanding balances also include PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Information about PCI loans is presented separately in the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note.




	June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010


Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	157,095		151,284
Real estate mortgage		101,458		99,435
Real estate construction		21,374		25,333
Lease financing		12,907		13,094
Foreign (1)		37,855		32,912


Total commercial		330,689		322,058


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		222,874		230,235
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		89,947		96,149
Credit card		21,191		22,260
Other revolving credit and installment		87,220		86,565


Total consumer		421,232		435,209


Total loans	$	751,921		757,267


(1)		Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.

The following table summarizes the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans. It also includes transfers from (to) mortgages/loans held for sale at lower of cost or market. The table excludes PCI loans and loans recorded at fair value,

including loans originated for sale. This activity primarily includes purchases or sales of commercial loan participation interests, whereby we receive or transfer a portion of a loan after origination.




							2011									2010
(in millions)	Commercial			Consumer			Total			Commercial			Consumer			Total


Quarter ended June 30,

Purchases	$	1,462			-			1,462			509			126			635
Sales		(895	)		(313	)		(1,208	)		(1,507	)		(295	)		(1,802	)
Transfers from/(to) MHFS/LHFS		64			25			89			72			53			125





Six months ended June 30,

Purchases	$	2,106			-			2,106			1,052			150			1,202
Sales		(2,466	)		(314	)		(2,780	)		(2,575	)		(295	)		(2,870	)
Transfers from/(to) MHFS/LHFS		170			50			220			57			(35	)		22

Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)

The ACL is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date. We have an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses that assesses the losses inherent in our portfolio and related unfunded credit commitments. While we attribute portions of the allowance to specific portfolio segments, the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments.

Our process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique risk characteristics of our commercial and consumer loan portfolio segments. For each portfolio segment, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans with similar characteristics, individually for impaired loans or, for PCI loans, based on the changes in cash flows expected to be collected.

Our allowance levels are influenced by loan volumes, loan grade migration or delinquency status, historic loss experience influencing loss factors, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as economic conditions.

COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY

Generally, commercial loans are assessed for estimated losses by grading each loan using various risk factors as identified through periodic reviews. We apply historic grade-specific loss factors to the aggregation of each funded grade pool. These historic loss factors are also used to estimate losses for unfunded credit commitments. In the development of our statistically derived loan grade loss factors, we observe historical losses over a relevant period for each loan grade. These loss estimates are adjusted as appropriate based on additional analysis of long-term average loss experience compared to previously forecasted losses, external loss data or other risks identified from current economic conditions and credit quality trends.

The allowance also includes an amount for the estimated impairment on nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY For consumer loans, not identified as a TDR, we determine the allowance on a collective basis utilizing forecasted losses to represent our best estimate of inherent loss. We pool loans, generally by product types with similar risk characteristics, such as residential real estate mortgages and credit cards. As appropriate, to achieve greater accuracy, we may further stratify selected portfolios by sub-product, origination channel, vintage, loss type, geographic location and other predictive characteristics. Models designed for each pool are utilized to develop the loss estimates. We use assumptions for these pools in our forecast models, such as historic delinquency and default, loss severity, home price trends, unemployment trends, and other key economic variables that may influence the frequency and severity of losses in the pool.

We separately estimate impairment for consumer loans that have been modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.

OTHER ACL MATTERS Commercial and consumer PCI loans may require an allowance subsequent to their acquisition. This allowance requirement is due to probable decreases in expected principal and interest cash flows (other than due to decreases in interest rate indices and changes in prepayment assumptions).

The allowance for credit losses for both portfolio segments includes an amount for imprecision or uncertainty that may change from period to period. This amount represents management’s judgment of risks inherent in the processes and assumptions used in establishing the allowance. This imprecision considers economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and ongoing discussions with regulatory and government agencies regarding mortgage foreclosure-related matters.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. Changes in the allowance for credit losses were:


	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,

(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Balance, beginning of period	$	22,383			25,656			23,463			25,031
Provision for credit losses		1,838			3,989			4,048			9,319
Interest income on certain impaired loans (1)		(79	)		(62	)		(162	)		(136	)
Loan charge-offs:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		(365	)		(810	)		(833	)		(1,577	)
Real estate mortgage		(185	)		(364	)		(364	)		(645	)
Real estate construction		(99	)		(289	)		(218	)		(694	)
Lease financing		(7	)		(31	)		(20	)		(65	)
Foreign		(57	)		(52	)		(96	)		(99	)


Total commercial		(713	)		(1,546	)		(1,531	)		(3,080	)


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		(1,064	)		(1,140	)		(2,079	)		(2,537	)
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		(968	)		(1,239	)		(2,014	)		(2,735	)
Credit card		(378	)		(639	)		(826	)		(1,335	)
Other revolving credit and installment		(391	)		(542	)		(891	)		(1,292	)


Total consumer		(2,801	)		(3,560	)		(5,810	)		(7,899	)


Total loan charge-offs		(3,514	)		(5,106	)		(7,341	)		(10,979	)


Loan recoveries:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial		111			121			225			238
Real estate mortgage		57			4			84			14
Real estate construction		27			51			63			62
Lease financing		6			4			13			9
Foreign		10			10			21			21


Total commercial		211			190			406			344


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		155			131			266			217
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		59			55			111			102
Credit card		84			60			150			113
Other revolving credit and installment		167			181			360			384


Total consumer		465			427			887			816


Total loan recoveries		676			617			1,293			1,160


Net loan charge-offs (2)		(2,838	)		(4,489	)		(6,048	)		(9,819	)


Allowances related to business combinations/other (3)		(42	)		(9	)		(39	)		690


Balance, end of period	$	21,262			25,085			21,262			25,085


Components:
Allowance for loan losses	$	20,893			24,584			20,893			24,584
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments		369			501			369			501


Allowance for credit losses (4)	$	21,262			25,085			21,262			25,085


Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans (2)		1.52	%		2.33			1.62	%		2.52
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (4)		2.78			3.21			2.78			3.21
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans (4)		2.83			3.27			2.83			3.27


(1)		Certain impaired loans with an allowance calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize reductions in the allowance as interest income.

(2)		For PCI loans, charge-offs are only recorded to the extent that losses exceed the purchase accounting estimates.

(3)		Includes $693 million for the first half of 2010 related to the adoption of consolidation accounting guidance on January 1, 2010.

(4)		The allowance for credit losses includes $273 million and $225 million at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. Loans acquired from Wachovia are included in total loans net of related purchase accounting net write-downs.

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit losses by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.


	2011									2010
(in millions)	Commercial			Consumer			Total			Commercial			Consumer			Total

Quarter ended June 30,
Balance, beginning of period	$	7,973			14,410			22,383			8,833			16,823			25,656
Provision for credit losses		(27	)		1,865			1,838			1,117			2,872			3,989
Interest income on certain impaired loans		(39	)		(40	)		(79	)		(35	)		(27	)		(62	)
Loan charge-offs		(713	)		(2,801	)		(3,514	)		(1,546	)		(3,560	)		(5,106	)
Loan recoveries		211			465			676			190			427			617


Net loan charge-offs		(502	)		(2,336	)		(2,838	)		(1,356	)		(3,133	)		(4,489	)


Allowance related to business combinations/other		8			(50	)		(42	)		-			(9	)		(9	)


Balance, end of period	$	7,413			13,849			21,262			8,559			16,526			25,085




Six months ended June 30,
Balance, beginning of period	$	8,169			15,294			23,463			8,141			16,890			25,031
Provision for credit losses		445			3,603			4,048			3,221			6,098			9,319
Interest income on certain impaired loans		(84	)		(78	)		(162	)		(76	)		(60	)		(136	)
Loan charge-offs		(1,531	)		(5,810	)		(7,341	)		(3,080	)		(7,899	)		(10,979	)
Loan recoveries		406			887			1,293			344			816			1,160


Net loan charge-offs		(1,125	)		(4,923	)		(6,048	)		(2,736	)		(7,083	)		(9,819	)


Allowance related to business combinations/other		8			(47	)		(39	)		9			681			690


Balance, end of period	$	7,413			13,849			21,262			8,559			16,526			25,085

The following table disaggregates our allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans by impairment methodology.


	Allowance for credit losses						Recorded investment in loans
(in millions)	Commercial		Consumer		Total		Commercial		Consumer		Total

June 30, 2011

Collectively evaluated (1)	$	4,799		9,636		14,435		313,514		373,869		687,383
Individually evaluated (2)		2,399		4,155		6,554		10,159		15,686		25,845
PCI (3)		215		58		273		7,016		31,677		38,693


Total	$	7,413		13,849		21,262		330,689		421,232		751,921


December 31, 2010

Collectively evaluated (1)	$	5,424		11,539		16,963		302,392		387,707		690,099
Individually evaluated (2)		2,479		3,723		6,202		11,731		14,007		25,738
PCI (3)		266		32		298		7,935		33,495		41,430


Total	$	8,169		15,294		23,463		322,058		435,209		757,267


(1)		Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for unimpaired loans.

(2)		Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.

(3)		Represents the allowance and related loan carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3) and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for PCI loans.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Credit Quality

We monitor credit quality as indicated by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. See the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note for credit quality information on our PCI portfolio.

The majority of credit quality indicators are based on June 30, 2011, information, with the exception of updated FICO and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/combined LTV (CLTV), which are obtained at least quarterly. Generally, these indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than March 31, 2011.

COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS In addition to monitoring commercial loan concentration risk, we manage a

consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to Pass and Criticized categories. The Criticized category includes Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful categories which are defined by banking regulatory agencies.

The table below provides a breakdown of outstanding commercial loans by risk category. Both the CRE mortgage and construction criticized totals are relatively high as a result of the current conditions in the real estate market. Of the $33.1 billion in criticized CRE loans, $6.7 billion has been placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable value. Loans in both populations have a high level of surveillance and monitoring in place to manage these assets and mitigate any loss exposure.

Commercial

Real

and

estate

Lease

(in millions)

industrial

mortgage

construction

financing

Foreign

Total

June 30, 2011

By risk category:

Pass

133,685

74,182

10,546

12,349

35,108

265,870

Criticized

22,883

24,476

8,640

558

1,246

57,803

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

156,568

98,658

19,186

12,907

36,354

323,673

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

527

2,800

2,188

1,501

7,016

Total commercial loans

157,095

101,458

21,374

12,907

37,855

330,689

December 31, 2010

By risk category:

Pass

126,058

70,597

11,256

12,411

30,341

250,663

Criticized

24,508

25,983

11,128

683

1,158

63,460

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

150,566

96,580

22,384

13,094

31,499

314,123

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

718

2,855

2,949

1,413

7,935

Total commercial loans

151,284

99,435

25,333

13,094

32,912

322,058

In addition, we monitor past due status as part of our credit risk management practices for commercial loans. The following

table provides past due information for commercial loans.


	Commercial		Real		Real
	and		estate		estate		Lease
(in millions)	industrial		mortgage		construction		financing		Foreign		Total


June 30, 2011

By delinquency status:

Current-29 DPD	$	152,872		92,554		16,685		12,787		36,200		311,098
30-89 DPD		1,193		1,276		372		41		83		2,965
90+ DPD and still accruing		110		137		86		-		12		345
Nonaccrual loans		2,393		4,691		2,043		79		59		9,265


Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)		156,568		98,658		19,186		12,907		36,354		323,673
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)		527		2,800		2,188		-		1,501		7,016


Total commercial loans	$	157,095		101,458		21,374		12,907		37,855		330,689


December 31, 2010

By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD	$	146,135		90,233		19,005		12,927		31,350		299,650
30-89 DPD		910		1,016		510		59		-		2,495
90+ DPD and still accruing		308		104		193		-		22		627
Nonaccrual loans		3,213		5,227		2,676		108		127		11,351


Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)		150,566		96,580		22,384		13,094		31,499		314,123
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)		718		2,855		2,949		-		1,413		7,935


Total commercial loans	$	151,284		99,435		25,333		13,094		32,912		322,058

CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS We have various classes of consumer loans that present respective unique risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for loan types are common credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.

The majority of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency matrix models or delinquency roll rate models. Therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality and the establishment of our allowance for credit losses.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

The following table provides the outstanding balances of our consumer portfolio by delinquency status.


	Real estate		Real estate				Other
	1-4 family		1-4 family				revolving
	first		junior lien		Credit		credit and
(in millions)	mortgage		mortgage		card		installment		Total


June 30, 2011

By delinquency status:
Current	$	153,943		83,423		19,866		62,689		319,921
1-29 DPD		6,105		3,524		645		6,930		17,204
30-59 DPD		4,181		770		198		884		6,033
60-89 DPD		1,916		510		148		268		2,842
90-119 DPD		1,169		359		121		127		1,776
120-179 DPD		1,585		587		212		42		2,426
180+ DPD		6,803		545		1		9		7,358
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)		15,724		-		-		16,271		31,995


Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)		191,426		89,718		21,191		87,220		389,555
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)		31,448		229		-		-		31,677


Total consumer loans	$	222,874		89,947		21,191		87,220		421,232



December 31, 2010 (2)

By delinquency status:
Current	$	158,961		89,408		20,546		59,295		328,210
1-29 DPD		5,597		3,104		730		7,834		17,265
30-59 DPD		4,516		917		262		1,261		6,956
60-89 DPD		2,173		608		207		376		3,364
90-119 DPD		1,399		476		190		171		2,236
120-179 DPD		2,080		764		324		58		3,226
180+ DPD		6,750		622		1		117		7,490
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)		15,514		-		-		17,453		32,967


Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)		196,990		95,899		22,260		86,565		401,714
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)		33,245		250		-		-		33,495


Total consumer loans	$	230,235		96,149		22,260		86,565		435,209


(1)		Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP).

(2)		Amounts at December 31, 2010, have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

Of the $11.6 billion of loans that are 90 days or more past due at June 30, 2011, $1.5 billion was accruing, compared with $13.0 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans 180 days or more past due totaled $6.8 billion, or 3.6% of total first mortgages (excluding PCI), up slightly from 3.4% at December 31, 2010. The aging of the delinquent real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans is a result of the prolonged foreclosure process and our effort to help customers stay in their homes through various loan modification programs, as loans continue to age until these processes are complete.

The following table provides a breakdown of our consumer portfolio by updated FICO. We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are updated at least quarterly. FICO is not available for certain loan types and may not be obtained if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes, primarily securities-based margin loans of $5.2 billion at June 30, 2011, and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2010. The majority of our portfolio is underwritten with a FICO score of 680 and above.



	Real estate		Real estate				Other
	1-4 family		1-4 family				revolving
	first		junior lien		Credit		credit and
(in millions)	mortgage		mortgage		card		installment		Total

June 30, 2011

By updated FICO:
< 600	$	23,444		8,026		2,365		9,560		43,395
600-639		11,020		4,157		1,722		5,847		22,746
640-679		15,584		7,107		3,146		8,760		34,597
680-719		24,184		12,359		4,399		9,837		50,779
720-759		27,527		17,928		4,407		9,014		58,876
760-799		47,007		25,576		3,189		9,576		85,348
800+		20,690		10,963		1,746		4,850		38,249
No FICO available		6,246		3,602		217		8,318		18,383
FICO not required		-		-		-		5,187		5,187
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)		15,724		-		-		16,271		31,995


Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)		191,426		89,718		21,191		87,220		389,555
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)		31,448		229		-		-		31,677


Total consumer loans	$	222,874		89,947		21,191		87,220		421,232


December 31, 2010 (2)

By updated FICO:
< 600	$	26,013		9,126		2,872		10,806		48,817
600-639		11,105		4,457		1,826		5,965		23,353
640-679		16,202		7,678		3,305		8,344		35,529
680-719		25,549		13,759		4,522		9,480		53,310
720-759		29,443		20,334		4,441		8,808		63,026
760-799		47,250		27,222		3,215		9,357		87,044
800+		19,719		10,607		1,794		4,692		36,812
No FICO available		6,195		2,716		285		7,528		16,724
FICO not required		-		-		-		4,132		4,132
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)		15,514		-		-		17,453		32,967


Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)		196,990		95,899		22,260		86,565		401,714
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)		33,245		250		-		-		33,495


Total consumer loans	$	230,235		96,149		22,260		86,565		435,209


(1)		Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under FFELP.

(2)		Amounts at December 31, 2010, have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTV refers to the combination of first mortgage and junior lien mortgage ratios. LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.

The following table shows the most updated LTV and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. In recent years, the residential real estate markets have experienced significant declines in property values and several markets, particularly California and Florida have experienced declines that turned out to be more significant than the national decline. These trends are considered in the way that we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit

losses. LTV does not necessarily reflect the likelihood of performance of a given loan, but does provide an indication of collateral value. In the event of a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV primarily due to industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

June 30, 2011

December 31, 2010 (3)

Real estate

Real estate

1-4 family

1-4 family

first

junior lien

first

junior lien

mortgage

mortgage

(in millions)

by LTV

by CLTV

Total

by LTV

by CLTV

Total

By LTV/CLTV:

0-60%

45,661

13,462

59,123

47,808

14,814

62,622

60.01-80%

43,602

16,479

60,081

42,542

17,744

60,286

80.01-100%

38,982

21,220

60,202

39,497

24,255

63,752

100.01-120% (1)

22,913

16,633

39,546

24,147

17,887

42,034

> 120% (1)

20,814

19,013

39,827

24,243

18,628

42,871

No LTV/CLTV available

3,730

2,911

6,641

3,239

2,571

5,810

Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)

15,724

15,514

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

191,426

89,718

281,144

196,990

95,899

292,889

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

31,448

229

31,677

33,245

250

33,495

Total consumer loans

222,874

89,947

312,821

230,235

96,149

326,384


(1)		Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

(2)		Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

(3)		Amounts at December 31, 2010, have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

NONACCRUAL LOANS The following table provides loans on nonaccrual status. PCI loans are excluded from this table due to the existence of the accretable yield.



	June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010


Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	2,393		3,213
Real estate mortgage		4,691		5,227
Real estate construction		2,043		2,676
Lease financing		79		108
Foreign		59		127


Total commercial (1)		9,265		11,351



Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)		11,427		12,289
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		2,098		2,302
Other revolving credit and installment		255		300


Total consumer		13,780		14,891


Total nonaccrual loans
(excluding PCI)	$	23,045		26,242


(1)		Includes LHFS of $52 million at June 30, 2011, and $3 million at December 31, 2010.

(2)		Includes MHFS of $304 million at June 30, 2011, and $426 million at December 31, 2010.

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING
Certain loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $9.8 billion at June 30, 2011, and $11.6 billion at December 31, 2010, are excluded from this disclosure even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

The following table shows non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.




	June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010


Total (excluding PCI):	$	17,318		18,488
Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)		14,474		14,733
Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (2)		1,014		1,106


Total, not government insured/guaranteed	$	1,830		2,649


By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	110		308
Real estate mortgage		137		104
Real estate construction		86		193
Foreign		12		22


Total commercial		345		627


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (3)		728		941
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)		286		366
Credit card		334		516
Other revolving credit and installment		137		199


Total consumer		1,485		2,022


Total, not government insured/guaranteed	$	1,830		2,649


(1)		Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

(2)		Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.

(3)		Includes mortgage held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)


IMPAIRED LOANS The table below summarizes key information for impaired loans. Our impaired loans include loans on nonaccrual status in the commercial portfolio segment and loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.		These impaired loans may have estimated impairment which is included in the allowance for credit losses. Impaired loans exclude PCI loans.


	Recorded investment
					Impaired loans
	Unpaid				with related		Related
	principal		Impaired		allowance for		allowance for
(in millions)	balance		loans		credit losses		credit losses


June 30, 2011

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	6,975		2,733		2,433		552
Real estate mortgage		7,027		5,017		4,740		1,306
Real estate construction		4,103		2,313		2,225		508
Lease financing		111		83		83		27
Foreign		192		13		13		6

Total commercial		18,408		10,159		9,494		2,399

Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		14,613		12,938		12,938		3,021
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		2,050		1,910		1,910		726
Credit card		572		572		572		363
Other revolving credit and installment		267		266		266		45

Total consumer		17,502		15,686		15,686		4,155

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)	$	35,910		25,845		25,180		6,554


December 31, 2010

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	8,190		3,600		3,276		607
Real estate mortgage		7,439		5,239		5,163		1,282
Real estate construction		4,676		2,786		2,786		548
Lease financing		149		91		91		34
Foreign		215		15		15		8

Total commercial		20,669		11,731		11,331		2,479

Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		12,834		11,603		11,603		2,754
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		1,759		1,626		1,626		578
Credit card		548		548		548		333
Other revolving credit and installment		231		230		230		58

Total consumer		15,372		14,007		14,007		3,723

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)	$	36,041		25,738		25,338		6,202


Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $1.5 billion at June 30, 2011, and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2010. These commitments		$1.1 billion at June 30, 2011, and $861 million at December 31, 2010. The following table provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans after impairment by portfolio segment and class.
primarily relate to CRE loans, which, at the time of modification, had an amount of availability to the borrower that continues under the modified terms of the TDR and totaled


	Quarter ended June 30,								Six months ended June 30,
	2011				2010				2011				2010
	Average		Recognized		Average		Recognized		Average		Recognized		Average		Recognized
	recorded		interest		recorded		interest		recorded		interest		recorded		interest
(in millions)	investment		income		investment		income		investment		income		investment		income

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	2,860		21		3,346		20		3,016		45		3,455		49
Real estate mortgage		5,355		17		3,663		10		5,478		30		2,960		18
Real estate construction		2,426		11		3,002		8		2,560		25		2,891		12
Lease financing		91		—		24		-		100		-		48		-
Foreign		14		—		54		-		14		-		66		-

Total commercial		10,746		49		10,089		38		11,168		100		9,420		79

Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		12,471		154		8,854		130		12,144		305		8,164		234
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		1,903		20		1,411		18		1,826		34		1,414		31
Credit card		587		6		274		5		579		12		226		6
Other revolving credit and installment		260		4		108		-		252		13		79		-

Total consumer		15,221		184		10,647		153		14,801		364		9,883		271

Total impaired loans	$	25,967		233		20,736		191		25,969		464		19,303		350


Interest income:
Cash basis of accounting			$	47				54				85				101
Other (1)				186				137				379				249

Total interest income			$	233				191				464				350


(1)		Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans. See footnote 1 to the table of changes in the allowance for credit losses.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

Certain loans acquired in the Wachovia acquisition are accounted for as PCI loans. The following table presents PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments.




	June 30,		Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011		2010

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	527		718
Real estate mortgage		2,800		2,855
Real estate construction		2,188		2,949
Foreign		1,501		1,413


Total commercial		7,016		7,935


Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		31,448		33,245
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		229		250
Other revolving credit and installment		-		-


Total consumer		31,677		33,495


Total PCI loans (carrying value)	$	38,693		41,430


Total PCI loans (unpaid principal balance)	$	59,145		64,331

ACCRETABLE YIELD The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the loan, or pools of loans. The accretable yield is affected by:

•		Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans — Expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;

•		Changes in prepayment assumptions — Prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

•

Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life — Updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.

The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans is presented in the following table.




	Quarter ended			Six months ended
	June 30,			June 30,			Year ended Dec. 31,
(in millions)	2011			2011			2010			2009

Total, beginning of period	$	15,881			16,714			14,559			10,447
Accretion into interest income (1)		(556	)		(1,102	)		(2,392	)		(2,601	)
Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)		(31	)		(186	)		(43	)		(5	)
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows		95			210			3,399			441
Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)		(518	)		(765	)		1,191			6,277


Total, end of period	$	14,871			14,871			16,714			14,559


(1)		Includes accretable yield released as a result of settlements with borrowers, which is included in interest income.

(2)		Includes accretable yield released as a result of sales to third parties, which is included in noninterest income.

(3)		Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to changes in interest rates on variable rate PCI loans, changes in prepayment assumptions and the impact of modifications.

PCI ALLOWANCE Based on our regular evaluation of estimates of cash flows expected to be collected, we may establish an allowance for a PCI loan or pool of loans, with a charge to

income though the provision for losses. The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for PCI loan losses.




						Other
(in millions)	Commercial			Pick-a-Pay		consumer			Total


Balance, December 31, 2008	$	-			-		-			-
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration		850			-		3			853
Charge-offs		(520	)		-		-			(520	)


Balance, December 31, 2009		330			-		3			333
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration		712			-		59			771
Charge-offs		(776	)		-		(30	)		(806	)


Balance, December 31, 2010		266			-		32			298
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration		55			-		38			93
Charge-offs		(106	)		-		(12	)		(118	)


Balance, June 30, 2011	$	215			-		58			273




Balance, March 31, 2011	$	234			-		23			257
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration		44			-		39			83
Charge-offs		(63	)		-		(4	)		(67	)


Balance, June 30, 2011	$	215			-		58			273

COMMERCIAL PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS The following table provides a breakdown of commercial PCI loans by risk category.

Commercial

Real

and

estate

(in millions)

industrial

mortgage

construction

Foreign

Total

June 30, 2011

By risk category:

Pass

260

512

231

154

1,157

Criticized

267

2,288

1,957

1,347

5,859

Total commercial PCI loans

527

2,800

2,188

1,501

7,016

December 31, 2010

By risk category:

Pass

214

352

128

210

904

Criticized

504

2,503

2,821

1,203

7,031

Total commercial PCI loans

718

2,855

2,949

1,413

7,935

100

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

The following table provides past due information for commercial PCI loans.




	Commercial		Real		Real
	and		estate		estate
(in millions)	industrial		mortgage		construction		Foreign		Total


June 30, 2011

By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD	$	434		2,420		1,182		1,281		5,317
30-89 DPD		33		82		166		-		281
90+ DPD and still accruing		60		298		840		220		1,418


Total commercial PCI loans	$	527		2,800		2,188		1,501		7,016


December 31, 2010

By delinquency status:

Current-29 DPD	$	612		2,295		1,395		1,209		5,511
30-89 DPD		22		113		178		-		313
90+ DPD and still accruing		84		447		1,376		204		2,111


Total commercial PCI loans	$	718		2,855		2,949		1,413		7,935

CONSUMER PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS Our consumer PCI loans were aggregated into several pools of loans at acquisition. Below, we have provided credit quality indicators based on the individual loans included in the pool, but we have

not allocated the remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which were established at a pool level. The following table provides the delinquency status of consumer PCI loans.




	June 30, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Real estate		Real estate				Real estate		Real estate
	1-4 family		1-4 family				1-4 family		1-4 family
	first		junior lien				first		junior lien
(in millions)	mortgage		mortgage		Total		mortgage		mortgage		Total


By delinquency status:
Current	$	27,778		222		28,000		29,253		357		29,610
1-29 DPD		39		72		111		44		79		123
30-59 DPD		3,403		19		3,422		3,586		30		3,616
60-89 DPD		1,360		9		1,369		1,364		17		1,381
90-119 DPD		696		8		704		881		13		894
120-179 DPD		1,072		12		1,084		1,346		19		1,365
180+ DPD		6,638		168		6,806		7,214		220		7,434


Total consumer PCI loans	$	40,986		510		41,496		43,688		735		44,423


Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)	$	31,448		229		31,677		33,245		250		33,495

101

The following table provides FICO scores for consumer PCI loans.




	June 30, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Real estate		Real estate				Real estate		Real estate
	1-4 family		1-4 family				1-4 family		1-4 family
	first		junior lien				first		junior lien
(in millions)	mortgage		mortgage		Total		mortgage		mortgage		Total


By FICO:
< 600	$	19,365		241		19,606		22,334		363		22,697
600-639		7,671		85		7,756		7,563		109		7,672
640-679		6,554		85		6,639		6,185		96		6,281
680-719		3,907		49		3,956		3,949		60		4,009
720-759		1,957		15		1,972		2,057		17		2,074
760-799		997		6		1,003		1,087		7		1,094
800+		221		2		223		232		2		234
No FICO available		314		27		341		281		81		362


Total consumer PCI loans	$	40,986		510		41,496		43,688		735		44,423


Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)	$	31,448		229		31,677		33,245		250		33,495

The following table shows the distribution of consumer PCI loans by LTV for real estate 1-4 family first mortgages and by CLTV for real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages.




	June 30, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Real estate		Real estate				Real estate		Real estate
	1-4 family		1-4 family				1-4 family		1-4 family
	first		junior lien				first		junior lien
	mortgage		mortgage				mortgage		mortgage
(in millions)	by LTV		by CLTV		Total		by LTV		by CLTV		Total


By LTV/CLTV:
0-60%	$	1,202		27		1,229		1,653		43		1,696
60.01-80%		4,273		53		4,326		5,513		42		5,555
80.01-100%		10,535		77		10,612		11,861		89		11,950
100.01-120% (1)		9,687		90		9,777		9,525		116		9,641
> 120% (1)		15,166		257		15,423		15,047		314		15,361
No LTV/CLTV available		123		6		129		89		131		220


Total consumer PCI loans	$	40,986		510		41,496		43,688		735		44,423


Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)	$	31,448		229		31,677		33,245		250		33,495


(1)		Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

102

Note 6: Other Assets

The components of other assets were:



	June 30,			Dec. 31,

(in millions)		2011		2010


Nonmarketable equity investments:

Cost method:

Private equity investments		$	3,143		3,240

Federal bank stock			4,886		5,254


Total cost method			8,029		8,494

Equity method			7,758		7,624

Principal investments (1)			291		305


Total nonmarketable equity investments			16,078		16,423

Corporate/bank-owned life insurance			20,018		19,845

Accounts receivable			19,375		23,763

Interest receivable			5,009		4,895

Core deposit intangibles			8,099		8,904

Customer relationship and other amortized intangibles			1,702		1,847

Foreclosed assets:

Government insured/guaranteed (2)			1,320		1,479

Non-government insured/guaranteed			3,541		4,530

Operating lease assets			1,757		1,873

Due from customers on acceptances			232		229
Other			14,687		15,993


Total other assets		$	91,818		99,781


(1)		Principal investments are recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.

(2)		These are foreclosed real estate securing FHA insured and VA guaranteed loans. Both principal and interest for these loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because they are insured/guaranteed.

Income related to nonmarketable investments was:



							Six months
	Quarter ended June 30,						ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Net gains (losses) from:
Private equity investments	$	348			155			569			154
Principal investments		14			12			32			21
All other nonmarketable equity investments		(121	)		(21	)		(181	)		(38	)


Net gains (losses) from nonmarketable equity investments	$	241			146			420			137

103

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

Involvement with SPEs

In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to an SPE, which then issues to investors various forms of interests in those assets and may also enter into derivative transactions. In a securitization transaction, we typically receive cash and/or other interests in an SPE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. Also, in certain transactions, we may retain the right to service the transferred receivables and to repurchase those receivables from the SPE if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans in an SPE that were transferred to the SPE by a third party.

In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:

•		underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;

•		providing liquidity facilities to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;

•		providing credit enhancement on securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;

•		entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;

•		holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;

•		acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and

•		providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.

SPEs are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the ability to control the entity’s activities. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, the party that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets. To determine whether or not a variable interest we hold could potentially be significant to the VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an on-going basis.

We have segregated our involvement with VIEs between those VIEs which we consolidate, those which we do not consolidate and transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as secured borrowings. Secured borrowings are transactions involving transfers of our financial assets to third parties that are accounted for as financings with the assets pledged as collateral. Accordingly, the transferred assets remain recognized on our balance sheet. Subsequent tables within this Note further segregate these transactions by structure type.

104

The classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet associated with our transactions with VIEs follow:




						Transfers that

	VIEs that we		VIEs			we account

	do not		that we			for as secured

(in millions)	consolidate		consolidate			borrowings		Total


June 30, 2011

Cash	$	-		172			218		390

Trading assets		4,723		95			30		4,848

Securities available for sale (1)		20,338		2,315			9,671		32,324

Mortgages held for sale		-		408			-		408

Loans held for sale		-		135			-		135

Loans		12,113		13,640			1,587		27,340

Mortgage servicing rights		13,821		-			-		13,821

Other assets		4,011		1,563			100		5,674


Total assets		55,006		18,328			11,606		84,940


Short-term borrowings		-		3,339	(3)		9,232		12,571

Accrued expenses and other liabilities		3,497		724	(3)		16		4,237

Long-term debt		-		6,277	(3)		1,664		7,941


Total liabilities		3,497		10,340			10,912		24,749


Noncontrolling interests		-		132			-		132


Net assets	$	51,509		7,856			694		60,059


December 31, 2010

Cash	$	-		200			398		598

Trading assets		5,351		143			32		5,526

Securities available for sale (1)		24,001		2,159			7,834		33,994

Mortgages held for sale (2)		-		634			-		634

Loans		12,401		16,708			1,613		30,722

Mortgage servicing rights		13,261		-			-		13,261

Other assets (2)		3,783		2,071			90		5,944


Total assets		58,797		21,915			9,967		90,679


Short-term borrowings		-		3,636	(3)		7,773		11,409

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)		3,514		743	(3)		14		4,271

Long-term debt		-		8,377	(3)		1,700		10,077


Total liabilities		3,514		12,756			9,487		25,757


Noncontrolling interests (2)		-		94			-		94


Net assets	$	55,283		9,065			480		64,828


(1)		Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.

(2)		“VIEs that we consolidate” has been revised to correct previously reported amounts.

(3)		Includes the following VIE liabilities at June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, with recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $3.3 billion and $3.6 billion; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $603 million and $645 million; and Long-term debt, $57 million and $53 million.

Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs

Our transactions with VIEs include securitizations of consumer loans, CRE loans, student loans and auto loans; investment and financing activities involving CDOs backed by asset-backed and CRE securities, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. These involvements with unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet primarily in trading assets, securities available for sale, loans, MSRs, other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.

The following tables provide a summary of unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but are not the primary beneficiary. The balances presented represent our unconsolidated VIEs for which we consider our involvement to be significant. Our definition of significant continuing involvement excludes unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement relates to third-party sponsored VIEs for which we were not the transferor, and unconsolidated VIEs for which we were the sponsor but do not have any other significant continuing involvement.

Significant continuing involvement includes transactions where we were the sponsor or transferor and have other significant forms of involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions with unconsolidated VIEs where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the

105

entity or marketing of the transaction to investors. When we transfer assets to a VIE and account for the transfer as a sale, we are considered the transferor. We consider investments in securities held outside of trading, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, written options and servicing of collateral to be other forms of involvement that may be significant. We have

excluded certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs from the balances presented in the table below where we have determined that our continuing involvement is not significant due to the temporary nature and size of our variable interests, because we were not the transferor or because we were not involved in the design or operations of the unconsolidated VIEs.

Other

Total

Debt and

commitments

VIE

equity

Servicing

and

Net

(in millions)

assets

interests (1)

assets

Derivatives

guarantees

assets

June 30, 2011

Carrying value - asset (liability)

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

Conforming

1,107,281

5,389

12,711

(975

)

17,125

Other/nonconforming

67,786

2,766

456

)

3,222

Commercial mortgage loan securitizations

184,762

5,568

617

266

6,451

Collateralized debt obligations:

Debt securities

17,956

1,233

766

1,999

Loans (2)

9,973

9,722

Asset-based finance structures

6,273

4,102

(98

)

4,004

Tax credit structures

18,281

3,759

(1,285

)

2,474

Collateralized loan obligations

12,879

2,619

2,677

Investment funds

8,238

1,457

Other (3)

18,951

2,088

256

)

2,378

Total

1,452,380

38,703

13,821

1,250

(2,265

)

51,509

Maximum exposure to loss

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

Conforming

5,389

12,711

3,487

21,587

Other/nonconforming

2,766

456

265

3,489

Commercial mortgage loan securitizations

5,568

617

491

6,676

Collateralized debt obligations:

Debt securities

1,233

2,689

3,923

Loans (2)

9,722

Asset-based finance structures

4,102

2,216

6,416

Tax credit structures

3,759

Collateralized loan obligations

2,619

521

3,198

Investment funds

1,457

1,509

Other (3)

2,088

762

150

3,037

Total

38,703

13,821

4,100

6,692

63,316

(continued on following page)

106

(continued from previous page)



											Other
	Total		Debt and								commitments
	VIE		equity			Servicing					and			Net
(in millions)	assets		interests (1)			assets		Derivatives			guarantees			assets


December 31, 2010

					Carrying value - asset (liability)

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

Conforming	$	1,068,737		5,527			12,115		-			(928	)		16,714

Other/nonconforming		76,304		2,997			495		6			(107	)		3,391

Commercial mortgage loan securitizations		190,377		5,506			608		261			-			6,375

Collateralized debt obligations:

Debt securities		20,046		1,436			-		844			-			2,280

Loans (2)		9,970		9,689			-		-			-			9,689

Asset-based finance structures		12,055		6,556			-		(118	)		-			6,438

Tax credit structures		20,981		3,614			-		-			(1,129	)		2,485

Collateralized loan obligations		13,196		2,804			-		56			-			2,860

Investment funds		10,522		1,416			-		-			-			1,416

Other (3)		20,031		3,221			43		377			(6	)		3,635


Total	$	1,442,219		42,766			13,261		1,426			(2,170	)		55,283


				Maximum exposure to loss

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

Conforming			$	5,527			12,115		-			4,248			21,890

Other/nonconforming				2,997			495		6			233			3,731

Commercial mortgage loan securitizations				5,506			608		488			-			6,602

Collateralized debt obligations:

Debt securities				1,436			-		2,850			7			4,293

Loans (2)				9,689			-		-			-			9,689

Asset-based finance structures				6,556			-		118			2,175			8,849

Tax credit structures				3,614			-		-			1			3,615

Collateralized loan obligations				2,804			-		56			519			3,379

Investment funds				1,416			-		-			87			1,503

Other (3)				3,221			43		916			162			4,342


Total			$	42,766			13,261		4,434			7,432			67,893


(1)		Includes total equity interests of $422 million and $316 million at June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. Also includes debt interests in the form of both loans and securities. Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.

(2)		Represents senior loans to trusts that are collateralized by asset-backed securities. The trusts invest primarily in senior tranches from a diversified pool of primarily U.S. asset securitizations, of which all are current, and over 91% were rated as investment grade by the primary rating agencies at June 30, 2011. These senior loans were acquired in the Wachovia business combination and are accounted for at amortized cost as initially determined under purchase accounting and are subject to the Company’s allowance and credit charge-off policies.

(3)		Includes structured financing, student loan securitizations, auto loan securitizations and credit-linked note structures. Also contains investments in auction rate securities (ARS) issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.

107

In the two preceding tables, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS Residential mortgage loan securitizations are financed through the issuance of fixed- or floating-rate-asset-backed-securities, which are collateralized by the loans transferred to a VIE. We typically transfer loans we originated to these VIEs, account for the transfers as sales, retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs. We also may be exposed to limited liability related to recourse agreements and repurchase agreements we make to our issuers and purchasers, which are included in other commitments and guarantees. In certain instances, we may service residential mortgage loan securitizations structured by third parties whose loans we did not originate or transfer. Our residential mortgage loan securitizations consist of conforming and nonconforming securitizations.

Conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that are guaranteed by GSEs, including GNMA. We do not consolidate our conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations because we do not have power over the VIEs.

The loans sold to the VIEs in nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that do not qualify for a GSE guarantee. We may hold variable interests issued by the VIEs, primarily in the form of senior securities. We do not consolidate the nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations included in the table because we either do not hold any variable interests, hold variable interests that we do not consider potentially significant or are not the primary servicer for a majority of the VIE assets.

Other commitments and guarantees include amounts related to loans sold that we may be required to repurchase, or otherwise indemnify or reimburse the investor or insurer for losses incurred, due to material breach of contractual representations and warranties. The maximum exposure to loss for material breach of contractual representations and warranties represents a stressed case estimate we utilize for

determining stressed case regulatory capital needs and is considered to be a remote scenario.

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS Commercial mortgage loan securitizations are financed through the issuance of fixed- or floating-rate-asset-backed-securities, which are collateralized by the loans transferred to the VIE. In a typical securitization, we may transfer loans we originate to these VIEs, account for the transfers as sales, retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs. In certain instances, we may service commercial mortgage loan securitizations structured by third parties whose loans we did not originate or transfer. We typically serve as primary or master servicer of these VIEs. The primary or master servicer in a commercial mortgage loan securitization typically cannot make the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE and therefore does not have power over the VIE. We do not consolidate the commercial mortgage loan securitizations included in the disclosure because we either do not have power or do not have a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CDOs) A CDO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of asset-backed securities and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. In some transactions, a portion of the assets are obtained synthetically through the use of derivatives such as credit default swaps or total return swaps.

Prior to 2008, we engaged in the structuring of CDOs on behalf of third party asset managers who would select and manage the assets for the CDO. Typically, the asset manager has some discretion to manage the sale of assets of, or derivatives used by the CDO, which generally gives the asset manager the power over the CDO. We have not structured these types of transactions since the credit market disruption began in late 2007.

In addition to our role as arranger we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions, including transactions established prior to 2008. Such involvement may include acting as liquidity provider, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the collateral manager or servicer. We receive fees in connection with our role as collateral manager or servicer.

We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CDOs based on our role in the transaction in combination with the variable interests we hold. Subsequently, we monitor our ongoing involvement in these transactions to determine if the nature of our involvement has changed. We are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions in most cases because we do not act as the collateral manager or servicer, which generally denotes power. In cases where we are the collateral manager or servicer, we are not the primary beneficiary because we do not hold interests that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATIONS (CLOs) A CLO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of loans and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. Generally, CLOs are structured on behalf of a third

108

party asset manager that typically selects and manages the assets for the term of the CLO. Typically, the asset manager has the power over the significant decisions of the VIE through its discretion to manage the assets of the CLO. We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CLOs based on our role in the transaction and the variable interests we hold. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions because we do not have the power to manage the collateral in the VIE.

In addition to our role as arranger, we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions. Such involvement may include acting as underwriter, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the servicer, for which we receive fees in connection with that role. We also earn fees for arranging these transactions and distributing the securities.

ASSET-BASED FINANCE STRUCTURES We engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with VIEs that are collateralized by various asset classes including energy contracts, auto and other transportation leases, intellectual property, equipment and general corporate credit. We typically provide senior financing, and may act as an interest rate swap or commodity derivative counterparty when necessary. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power over the significant activities of the VIEs involved in these transactions.

For example, we have investments in asset-backed securities that are collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves. These fixed-rate and variable-rate securities have been structured as single-tranche, fully amortizing, unrated bonds that are equivalent to investment-grade securities due to their significant overcollateralization. The securities are issued by VIEs that have been formed by third party auto financing institutions primarily because they require a source of liquidity to fund ongoing vehicle sales operations. The third party auto financing institutions manage the collateral in the VIEs, which is indicative of power in these transactions and we therefore do not consolidate these VIEs.

TAX CREDIT STRUCTURES We co-sponsor and make investments in affordable housing and sustainable energy projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits. In some instances, our investments in these structures may require that we fund future capital commitments at the discretion of the project sponsors. While the size of our investment in a single entity may at times exceed 50% of the outstanding equity interests, we do not consolidate these structures due to the project sponsor’s ability to manage the projects, which is indicative of power in these transactions.

INVESTMENT FUNDS At June 30, 2011, we had investments of $1.5 billion and no lending arrangements with certain funds managed by one of our majority owned subsidiaries compared with investments of $1.4 billion and lending arrangements of $14 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, we also provide a default protection agreement to a third party lender to one of these funds. Our involvement in these funds is either senior or of

equal priority to third party investors. We do not consolidate the investment funds because we do not absorb the majority of the expected future variability associated with the funds’ assets, including variability associated with credit, interest rate and liquidity risks.

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH VIEs In August 2008, Wachovia reached an agreement to purchase at par auction rate securities (ARS) that were sold to third-party investors by certain of its subsidiaries. ARS are debt instruments with long-term maturities, but which re-price more frequently, and preferred equities with no maturity. All remaining ARS issued by VIEs subject to the agreement were redeemed. At June 30, 2011, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $839 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010.

On November 18, 2009, we reached agreements to purchase additional ARS from eligible investors who bought ARS through one of our broker-dealer subsidiaries. All remaining ARS issued by VIEs subject to the agreement were redeemed. As of June 30, 2011, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $681 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $901 million at December 31, 2010.

We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not have power over the activities of the VIEs.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES In addition to the involvements disclosed in the preceding table, through the issuance of trust preferred securities we had junior subordinated debt financing with a carrying value of $13.2 billion at June 30, 2011, and $19.3 billion at December 31, 2010, and $2.5 billion of preferred stock at June 30, 2011. In these transactions, VIEs that we wholly own issue debt securities or preferred equity to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities or preferred equity that we issue to the VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us. This is the case even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. We report the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term debt and the preferred equity securities issued to the VIEs as preferred stock in our consolidated balance sheet.

In the first half of 2011, we called $3.4 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee recommendations known as the Basel III standards.

109

Securitization Activity Related to Unconsolidated VIEs

We use VIEs to securitize consumer and CRE loans and other types of financial assets, including student loans and auto loans. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the VIEs. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these securitizations we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard

representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers.

We recognized net gains of $32 million and $66 million from transfers accounted for as sales of financial assets in securitizations in the second quarter and first half of 2011, respectively, and net gains of $6 million and $8 million, respectively, in the same periods of 2010. Additionally, we had the following cash flows with our securitization trusts that were involved in transfers accounted for as sales.


	2011					2010

				Other				Other

	Mortgage			financial		Mortgage		financial

(in millions)	loans			assets		loans		assets


Quarter ended June 30,

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)	$	70,973			-		81,435		-

Servicing fees		1,105			3		1,057		9

Other interests held		513			53		445		132

Purchases of delinquent assets		2			-		10		-

Net servicing advances		(11	)		-		10		-



Six months ended June 30,

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)	$	171,214			-		163,757		-

Servicing fees		2,193			6		2,097		18

Other interests held		1,016			140		852		244

Purchases of delinquent assets		5			-		10		-

Net servicing advances		(20	)		-		29		-


(1)		Represents cash flow data for all loans securitized in the period presented.

Sales with continuing involvement during the second quarter and first half of 2011 and 2010 predominantly related to conforming residential mortgage securitizations. During the second quarter and first half of 2011 we transferred $70.9 billion and $172.3 billion, respectively, in fair value of conforming residential mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales, compared with $82.3 billion and $165.7 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2010. These transfers did not result in a gain or loss because the


	2011			2010


Quarter ended June 30,

Prepayment speed (annual CPR (1))		13.1	%		13.6

Life (in years)		5.9			5.4

Discount rate		7.9	%		8.0



Six months ended June 30,

Prepayment speed (annual CPR (1))		12.0	%		13.0

Life (in years)		6.2			5.6

Discount rate		7.9	%		8.2


(1)		Constant prepayment rate.

loans are already carried at fair value. In connection with these transfers, in the first half of 2011 we recorded a $2.0 billion servicing asset, measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and a $55 million liability for repurchase reserves, compared with a $2.0 billion servicing asset and an $80 million liability in the first half of 2010.

We used the following key assumptions to measure mortgage servicing assets at the date of securitization:

110

Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions at June 30, 2011, for residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights, and other interests held related primarily to residential mortgage loan securitizations are presented in the following table. In the following table “Other interests held” exclude securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs such as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA because we do not

believe the value of these securities would be materially affected by the adverse changes in assumptions noted in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. The information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.


				Other interests held

	Mortgage			Interest-

	servicing			only		Subordinated			Senior

(in millions)	rights			strips		bonds			bonds


Fair value of interests held at June 30, 2011	$	16,583			248		48			393

Expected weighted-average life (in years)		5.7			4.8		5.7			6.1

Prepayment speed assumption (annual CPR)		11.7	%		10.1		7.9			11.9

Decrease in fair value from:

10% adverse change	$	942			6		-			1

25% adverse change		2,228			16		1			3

Discount rate assumption		7.7	%		15.6		11.0			6.5

Decrease in fair value from:

100 basis point increase	$	838			7		2			16

200 basis point increase		1,602			12		5			31

Credit loss assumption							1.2	%		4.5

Decrease in fair value from:

10% higher losses						$	-			1

25% higher losses							-			2

111

The sensitivities in the preceding table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following table presents information about the principal balances of off-balance sheet securitized loans, including residential mortgages sold to FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA and securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as well as nonaccrual loans. In securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we would only experience a loss if required to repurchase a delinquent loan due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts. Net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA as we do not service or manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to net charge-off information.




										Net charge-offs

	Total loans				Delinquent loans					Six months
	June 30,		Dec. 31,		June 30,		Dec. 31,			ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011		2010		2011		2010			2011		2010


Commercial:

Commercial and industrial	$	1		1		-		-			-		-

Real estate mortgage		141,686		207,015		8,704		11,515			229		143


Total commercial		141,687		207,016		8,704		11,515			229		143


Consumer:

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage		1,151,474		1,090,755		23,789		25,067	(1)		848		696

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage		686		1		22		-			11		-

Other revolving credit and installment		2,362		2,454		111		102			-		-

Total consumer		1,154,522		1,093,210		23,922		25,169			859		696


Total off-balance sheet securitized loans	$	1,296,209		1,300,226		32,626		36,684			1,088		839


(1)		Balances have been revised to conform with current period presentation.

112

Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings

The following table presents a summary of transfers of financial assets accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs. “Consolidated assets” are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair

value, credit impairment or other adjustments, and therefore in some instances will differ from “Total VIE assets.” On the consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.




			Carrying value

	Total				Third
	VIE		Consolidated		party			Noncontrolling			Net
(in millions)	assets		assets		liabilities			interests			assets

June 30, 2011

Secured borrowings:
Municipal tender option bond securitizations	$	12,540		9,695		(9,238	)		-			457
Commercial real estate loans		1,348		1,348		(1,274	)		-			74
Residential mortgage securitizations		634		563		(400	)		-			163


Total secured borrowings		14,522		11,606		(10,912	)		-			694

Consolidated VIEs:
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations		11,514		10,756		(4,871	)		-			5,885
Multi-seller commercial paper conduit		2,936		2,936		(3,045	)		-			(109	)
Auto loan securitizations		489		489		(431	)		-			58
Structured asset finance		217		217		(19	)		-			198
Investment funds		1,123		1,123		(58	)		(14	)		1,051
Other		2,925		2,807		(1,916	)		(118	)		773


Total consolidated VIEs		19,204		18,328		(10,340	)		(132	)		7,856


Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs	$	33,726		29,934		(21,252	)		(132	)		8,550


December 31, 2010

Secured borrowings:
Municipal tender option bond securitizations	$	10,687		7,874		(7,779	)		-			95
Auto loan securitizations		154		154		-			-			154
Commercial real estate loans		1,321		1,321		(1,272	)		-			49
Residential mortgage securitizations		700		618		(436	)		-			182


Total secured borrowings		12,862		9,967		(9,487	)		-			480


Consolidated VIEs:
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations		14,518		13,529		(6,723	)		-			6,806
Multi-seller commercial paper conduit		3,197		3,197		(3,279	)		-			(82	)
Auto loan securitizations		1,010		1,010		(955	)		-			55
Structured asset finance		146		146		(21	)		(11	)		114
Investment funds		1,197		1,197		(54	)		(14	)		1,129
Other (1)		2,938		2,836		(1,724	)		(69	)		1,043


Total consolidated VIEs		23,006		21,915		(12,756	)		(94	)		9,065


Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs	$	35,868		31,882		(22,243	)		(94	)		9,545


(1)		Revised to correct previously reported amounts.

In addition to the transactions included in the table above, at June 30, 2011, we had issued approximately $6.0 billion of private placement debt financing through a consolidated VIE. The issuance is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. At June 30, 2011, we had pledged approximately $6.3 billion in loans, $360 million in securities available for sale and $2 million in cash and cash equivalents to collateralize the VIE’s borrowings. Such assets were not transferred to the VIE and accordingly we have excluded the VIE from the previous table.

We have raised financing through the securitization of certain financial assets in transactions with VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings. We also consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. In certain transactions other than the multi-seller commercial paper conduit, we provide contractual support in the form of limited recourse and liquidity to facilitate the remarketing of short-term securities issued to third party investors. Other than this limited contractual support, the assets of the VIEs are the sole source of repayment of the securities held by third parties. The liquidity support we provide to the multi-seller commercial paper conduit ensures timely repayment

113

of commercial paper issued by the conduit and is described further below.

NONCONFORMING RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS We have consolidated certain of our nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations in accordance with consolidation accounting guidance. We have determined we are the primary beneficiary of these securitizations because we have the power to direct the most significant activities of the entity through our role as primary servicer and also hold variable interests that we have determined to be significant. The nature of our variable interests in these entities may include beneficial interests issued by the VIE, mortgage servicing rights and recourse or repurchase reserve liabilities. The beneficial interests issued by the VIE that we hold include either subordinate or senior securities held in an amount that we consider potentially significant.

MULTI-SELLER COMMERCIAL PAPER CONDUIT We administer a multi-seller asset-based commercial paper conduit that finances certain client transactions. This conduit is a bankruptcy remote entity that makes loans to, or purchases certificated interests, generally from SPEs, established by our clients (sellers) and which are secured by pools of financial assets. The conduit funds itself through the issuance of highly rated commercial paper to third party investors. The primary source of repayment of the commercial paper is the cash flows from the conduit’s assets or the re-issuance of commercial paper upon maturity. The conduit’s assets are structured with deal-specific credit enhancements generally in the form of overcollateralization provided by the seller, but may also include subordinated interests, cash reserve accounts, third party credit support facilities and excess spread capture. The timely repayment of the commercial paper is further supported by asset-specific liquidity facilities in the form of liquidity asset purchase agreements that we provide. Each facility is equal to 102% of the conduit’s funding commitment to a client. The aggregate amount of liquidity must be equal to or greater than all the commercial paper issued by the conduit. At the discretion of the administrator, we may be required to purchase assets from the conduit at par value plus accrued interest or discount on the related commercial paper, including situations where the conduit is unable to issue commercial paper. Par value may be different from fair value.

We receive fees in connection with our role as administrator and liquidity provider. We may also receive fees related to the structuring of the conduit’s transactions. In 2010, the conduit terminated its subordinated note to a third party investor and repaid all amounts due under the terms of the note agreement. We are the primary beneficiary of the conduit because we have power over the significant activities of the conduit and have a significant variable interest due to our liquidity arrangement.

114

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities

Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations and servicing.

We apply the amortization method to all commercial and some residential MSRs and apply the fair value method to the other residential MSRs. The changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method were:



	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Fair value, beginning of period	$	15,648			15,544			14,467			16,004
Adjustments from adoption of consolidation accounting guidance		-			-			-			(118	)
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers		740			943			2,002			1,997


Net additions		740			943			2,002			1,879


Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (1)		(1,075	)		(2,661	)		(576	)		(3,438	)
Other changes in fair value (2)		(535	)		(575	)		(1,115	)		(1,194	)


Total changes in fair value		(1,610	)		(3,236	)		(1,691	)		(4,632	)


Fair value, end of period	$	14,778			13,251			14,778			13,251


(1)		Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates, and costs to service, including delinquency and foreclosure costs.

(2)		Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

The changes in amortized MSRs were:



	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Balance, beginning of period	$	1,432			1,069			1,422			1,119
Adjustments from adoption of consolidation accounting guidance		-			-			-			(5	)
Purchases		36			7			81			8
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers		27			17			56			28
Amortization		(63	)		(56	)		(127	)		(113	)


Balance, end of period (1)		1,432			1,037			1,432			1,037


Valuation allowance:
Balance, beginning of period		(9	)		-			(3	)		-
Provision for MSRs in excess of fair value		(1	)		-			(7	)		-


Balance, end of period (2)		(10	)		-			(10	)		-


Amortized MSRs, net	$	1,422			1,037			1,422			1,037


Fair value of amortized MSRs:
Beginning of period	$	1,898			1,283			1,812			1,261
End of period (3)		1,805			1,307			1,805			1,307


(1)		Includes $379 million in residential amortized MSRs at June 30, 2011. The June 30, 2010, balance is commercial amortized MSRs. For the quarter and first half of 2011, the residential MSR amortization was $(11) million and $(21) million, respectively.

(2)		Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) and non-agency. There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented on the commercial amortized MSRs. Residential amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: Mortgages sold to GSEs (FHLMC and FNMA) and mortgages sold to GNMA, each by interest rate stratifications. A valuation allowance of $10 million was recorded on the residential amortized MSRs at June 30, 2011.

(3)		Includes fair value of $410 million in residential amortized MSRs and $1,395 million in commercial amortized MSRs at June 30, 2011.

115

We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in the following table at unpaid principal balance for

loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.



	June 30,			Dec. 31,
(in billions)	2011			2010

Residential mortgage servicing:
Serviced for others	$	1,464			1,429
Owned loans serviced		338			371
Subservicing		8			9


Total residential servicing		1,810			1,809


Commercial mortgage servicing:
Serviced for others		402			408
Owned loans serviced		101			99
Subservicing		14			13


Total commercial servicing		517			520


Total managed servicing portfolio	$	2,327			2,329


Total serviced for others	$	1,866			1,837
Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others		0.87	%		0.86

The components of mortgage banking noninterest income were:



	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Servicing income, net:
Servicing fees:
Contractually specified servicing fees	$	1,175			1,154			2,320			2,261
Late charges		75			88			169			178
Ancillary fees		74			111			163			217
Unreimbursed direct servicing costs (1)		(222	)		(130	)		(413	)		(380	)


Net servicing fees		1,102			1,223			2,239			2,276
Changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value:
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)		(1,075	)		(2,661	)		(576	)		(3,438	)
Other changes in fair value (3)		(535	)		(575	)		(1,115	)		(1,194	)


Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value		(1,610	)		(3,236	)		(1,691	)		(4,632	)
Amortization		(63	)		(56	)		(127	)		(113	)
Provision for MSRs in excess of fair value		(1	)		—			(7	)		—
Net derivative gains from economic hedges (4)		1,449			3,287			1,329			5,053


Total servicing income, net		877			1,218			1,743			2,584
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities		742			793			1,892			1,897


Total mortgage banking noninterest income	$	1,619			2,011			3,635			4,481


Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (2) + (4)	$	374			626			753			1,615


(1)		Primarily associated with foreclosure expenses and other interest costs.

(2)		Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates and costs to service, including delinquency and foreclosure costs.

(3)		Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

(4)		Represents results from free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 12 – Free-Standing Derivatives for additional discussion and detail.

116

The table below summarizes the changes in our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. This liability is in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated financial statements and the provision for repurchase losses reduces net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses depends upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs and other significant investors to monitor and address their repurchase demand practices and concerns. Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $1.8 billion at June 30, 2011, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions.



	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Balance, beginning of period	$	1,207			1,263			1,289			1,033
Provision for repurchase losses:
Loan sales		20			36			55			80
Change in estimate – primarily due to credit deterioration		222			346			436			704


Total additions		242			382			491			784
Losses		(261	)		(270	)		(592	)		(442	)


Balance, end of period	$	1,188			1,375			1,188			1,375

117

Note 9: Intangible Assets

The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:


	June 30, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Gross					Net		Gross					Net
	carrying		Accumulated			carrying		carrying		Accumulated			carrying
(in millions)	value		amortization			value		value		amortization			value

Amortized intangible assets (1):
MSRs (2)	$	2,261		(839	)		1,422		2,131		(712	)		1,419
Core deposit intangibles		15,079		(6,980	)		8,099		15,133		(6,229	)		8,904
Customer relationship and other intangibles		3,078		(1,376	)		1,702		3,077		(1,230	)		1,847


Total amortized intangible assets	$	20,418		(9,195	)		11,223		20,341		(8,171	)		12,170


MSRs (carried at fair value) (2)	$	14,778					14,778		14,467					14,467
Goodwill		24,776					24,776		24,770					24,770
Trademark		14					14		14					14


(1)		Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.

(2)		See Note 8 for additional information on MSRs.

We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing asset balances at June 30, 2011. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.

The following table provides the current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets.


					Customer
			Core		relationship
	Amortized		deposit		and other
(in millions)	MSRs		intangibles		intangibles		Total

Six months ended June 30, 2011 (actual)	$	127		806		146		1,079


Estimate for the remainder of 2011	$	127		787		142		1,056
Estimate for year ended December 31,
2012		235		1,396		270		1,901
2013		197		1,241		250		1,688
2014		169		1,113		234		1,516
2015		152		1,022		212		1,386
2016		116		919		202		1,237

For our goodwill impairment analysis, we allocate all of the goodwill to the individual operating segments. We identify reporting units that are one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), and distinguish these reporting units based on how the segments and components are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of

the products and customers of the components. We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on relative fair value, using certain performance metrics. See Note 17 for further information on management reporting.

The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing.



						Wealth,
	Community		Wholesale			Brokerage and		Consolidated
(in millions)	Banking		Banking			Retirement		Company


December 31, 2009	$	17,974		6,465			373		24,812
Goodwill from business combinations		-		8			-		8


June 30, 2010	$	17,974		6,473			373		24,820


December 31, 2010	$	17,922		6,475			373		24,770
Reduction in goodwill related to divested businesses		-		(6	)		-		(6	)
Goodwill from business combinations		-		12			-		12


June 30, 2011	$	17,922		6,481			373		24,776

118

Note 10: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral

Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, liquidity agreements,

written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees, and contingent consideration. The following table shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the amount with a higher risk of performance.



	June 30, 2011						December 31, 2010

			Maximum		Non-				Maximum		Non-

	Carrying		exposure		investment		Carrying		exposure		investment

(in millions)	value		to loss		grade		value		to loss		grade


Standby letters of credit	$	107		41,817		20,595		142		42,159		19,596
Securities lending and other indemnifications		17		8,378		1,969		45		13,645		3,993
Liquidity agreements (1)		-		1		1		-		49		1
Written put options (1)(2)		843		8,066		2,289		747		8,134		2,615
Loans and MHFS sold with recourse		113		5,925		3,763		119		5,474		3,564
Residual value guarantees		8		197		-		8		197		-
Contingent consideration		21		95		93		23		118		116
Other guarantees		2		151		1		-		73		-


Total guarantees	$	1,111		64,630		28,711		1,084		69,849		29,885

(1)

Certain of these agreements included in this table are related to off-balance sheet entities and, accordingly, are also disclosed in Note 7.

(2)

Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 12.

“Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. These credit policies are more fully described in Note 5.

Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value, which is either fair value for derivative related products or the allowance for lending related commitments, is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss.

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer in the event the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. We consider the credit risk in standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit in determining the allowance for credit losses.

SECURITIES LENDING AND OTHER INDEMNIFICATIONS As a securities lending agent, we lend securities from participating institutional clients’ portfolios to third-party borrowers. We indemnify our clients against default by the borrower in returning these lent securities. This indemnity is supported by collateral received from the borrowers. Collateral is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid securities that are marked to market daily. There was $8.5 billion at June 30, 2011, and $14.0 billion at December 31, 2010, in collateral supporting loaned securities with values of $8.4 billion and $13.6 billion, respectively.

We enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, our potential future liability under these agreements we are unable to determine. We do, however, record a liability for residential mortgage loans that we may have to repurchase pursuant to various representations and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

LIQUIDITY AGREEMENTS We provide liquidity facilities on all commercial paper issued by the conduit we administer. We also provide liquidity to certain off-balance sheet entities that hold securitized fixed-rate municipal bonds and consumer or commercial assets that are partially funded with the issuance of

119

money market and other short-term notes. See Note 7 for additional information on these arrangements.

WRITTEN PUT OPTIONS Written put options are contracts that give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price, and include options, floors, caps and credit default swaps. These written put option contracts generally permit net settlement. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk in the event the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset substantially all put options written to customers with purchased options. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written put options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. See Note 7 for additional information regarding transactions with VIEs and Note 12 for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

LOANS AND MHFS SOLD WITH RECOURSE In certain loan sales or securitizations, we provide recourse whereby we are required to indemnify the buyer for any loss on the loan up to par value plus accrued interest. We provide recourse, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements. Primarily all of these programs and arrangements require that we share in the loans’ credit exposure for their remaining life by providing recourse to the GSE in the event of borrower default, up to 33.33% of actual losses incurred on a pro-rata basis. Under the remaining recourse programs and arrangements, if certain events occur within a specified period of time from transfer date, we have to provide limited recourse to the buyer to indemnify them for losses incurred for the remaining life of the loans. The maximum exposure to loss reported in the accompanying table represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions or the maximum losses per the contractual agreements. However, we believe, the likelihood of loss of the entire balance due to these recourse agreements is remote and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. In second quarter 2011, we repurchased $9 million of loans associated with these agreements. We also provide representation and warranty guarantees on loans sold under the various recourse programs and arrangements. Our loss exposure relative to these guarantees is separately considered and provided for, as necessary, in determination of our liability for loan repurchases due to breaches of representations and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

RESIDUAL VALUE GUARANTEES We have provided residual value guarantees as part of certain leasing transactions of corporate assets. At June 30, 2011, the only remaining residual value guarantee is related to a leasing transaction on certain corporate buildings. The lessors in these leases are generally large financial institutions or their leasing subsidiaries. These guarantees protect the lessor from loss on sale of the related

asset at the end of the lease term. To the extent that a sale of the leased assets results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80% to 89%) of the asset’s cost, we would be required to reimburse the lessor under our guarantee.

CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION In connection with certain brokerage, asset management, insurance agency and other acquisitions we have made, the terms of the acquisition agreements provide for deferred payments or additional consideration, based on certain performance targets.

We have entered into various contingent performance guarantees through credit risk participation arrangements. Under these agreements, if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain credit agreements with third parties, we will be required to make payments to the third parties.

Pledged Assets and Collateral

As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings from the FHLB and FRB and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The following table provides pledged loans and securities available for sale where the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. At June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, we did not pledge any loans or securities available for sale where the secured party has the right to sell or repledge the collateral. The table excludes pledged assets related to VIEs, which can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. See Note 7 for additional information on consolidated VIE assets.



	June 30,		Dec. 31,

(in millions)	2011		2010


Securities available for sale	$	87,926		94,212

Loans		285,411		312,602


Total	$	373,337		406,814

We also pledge certain financial instruments that we own to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. The types of collateral we pledge include securities issued by federal agencies, government-sponsored entities (GSEs), and domestic and foreign companies. We pledged $28.2 billion at June 30, 2011, and $27.3 billion at December 31, 2010, under agreements that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral. Pledged collateral where the secured party cannot sell or repledge was $4.4 billion and $5.9 billion at the same period ends, respectively.

We receive collateral from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings. We received $20.6 billion at June 30, 2011, and $22.5 billion at December 31, 2010, for which we have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $19.7 billion at June 30, 2011, and $14.6 billion at December 31, 2010.

120

Note 11: Legal Actions

The following supplements and amends our discussion of certain matters previously reported in Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2010 Form 10-K, and Part II, Item 1 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2011 first quarter Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for events occurring in second quarter 2011.

ELAVON LITIGATION On May 23, 2011, the Court entered an order granting plaintiff’s motion for partial summary judgment and denying Wells Fargo’s motion for partial summary judgment, ruling that Wells Fargo’s termination of the contract at issue was invalid and dismissing several of Wells Fargo’s affirmative defenses. The Court has set a trial date of the remaining issues for September 21, 2011.

ERISA LITIGATION The U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota is considering final approval of the $17.5 million settlement in Figas v. Wells Fargo & Company, et al.

IN RE WELLS FARGO MORTGAGE-BACKED CERTIFICATES LITIGATION On May 27, 2011, Wells Fargo and the plaintiffs agreed to settle the matter captioned In re Wells Fargo Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation for $125 million. On July 26, 2011, the Court entered an order preliminarily approving the settlement.

On April 20, 2011, a case captioned Federal Home Loan of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc., et al., was filed in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the County of Suffolk. The case names, among a large number of parties, Wells Fargo & Company, Wells Fargo Asset Securitization Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as parties and contains allegations substantially similar to the cases filed by the other Federal Home Loan Banks.

On April 28, 2011, a case captioned The Union Central Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Credit Suisse First Boston Securities Corp., et al., was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Among other defendants, it names Wells Fargo Asset Securitization Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The case asserts various state law fraud claims and claims for violations of sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of three insurance companies, relating to offerings of mortgage-backed securities from 2005 through 2007.

In addition, there are other cases involving other issuers of mortgage-backed certificates where Wells Fargo may have indemnity obligations because the pools of mortgages backing the certificates contain mortgages originated by Wells Fargo.

MORTGAGE RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATIONS On March 31, 2011, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank) entered into a Consent Order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) under which the OCC made certain findings in connection with the Bank’s foreclosure practices, which findings the Bank neither admitted nor denied. The Bank agreed in the consent order, among other things, and subject to the OCC’s approval (i) to establish a Compliance Committee to monitor and coordinate the Bank’s compliance with the Consent Order;

(ii) to create a comprehensive Action Plan describing the actions needed to achieve compliance with the Consent Order; (iii) to submit an acceptable compliance plan to ensure that its mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations, including loss mitigation and loan modification, comply with legal requirements, OCC supervisory guidance, and the terms of the Consent Order; (iv) to submit a plan to ensure appropriate controls and oversight of the Bank’s activities with respect to the Mortgage Electronic Registration System; (v) to take certain other actions with respect to its mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations; and (vi) to conduct a foreclosure review through an independent consultant on certain residential foreclosure actions. On April 4, 2011, Wells Fargo & Company (Wells Fargo) entered into a Consent Order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve pursuant to which Wells Fargo agreed, among other things, (i) to ensure the Bank’s compliance with the OCC Consent Order; (ii) to develop for the Federal Reserve’s approval a written plan to enhance its Enterprise Risk Management with respect to oversight of residential mortgage loan servicing; (iii) to develop for the Federal Reserve’s approval a written plan to enhance its enterprise-wide compliance program with respect to oversight of residential mortgage loan servicing; and (iv) to develop for the Federal Reserve’s approval a written plan to enhance the internal audit program with respect to residential mortgage loan servicing. Neither Consent Order provided for civil money penalties but both government entities reserved the ability to seek such penalties and Wells Fargo reserved the ability to oppose the imposition of such penalties.

On July 20, 2011, Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. entered into an Order to Cease and Desist and Order of Assessment of a Civil Money Penalty Issued Upon Consent (the “Order”) with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) which resolved an investigation of Wells Fargo Financial’s mortgage lending activities by the FRB. The Order provides, among other things, that (i) Wells Fargo shall submit to the FRB within 90 days of the Order a plan, acceptable to the FRB, for overseeing fraud prevention and detection and for compliance with certain federal and state laws applicable to unfair and deceptive practices and certain other laws applicable to mortgage lending; (ii) Wells Fargo shall submit to the FRB within 90 days of the Order a plan, acceptable to the FRB, for overseeing the implementation and modification of incentive compensation and performance management programs for sales, sales management and underwriting personnel with respect to mortgage lending within the Wells Fargo organization; (iii) Wells Fargo shall submit within 90 days of the Order a plan, acceptable to the FRB, for the remediation to

121

borrowers who entered into loans with Wells Fargo Financial beginning January 1, 2004 through September 2008 where the loans were based on income documents that were altered or falsified by sales personnel; (iv) Wells Fargo shall submit within 90 days of the Order a plan, acceptable to the FRB, for the remediation to borrowers who received mortgage loans through Wells Fargo Financial at non-prime prices during the period from January 1, 2006 through September 2008 but whose mortgage loans may have qualified for prime pricing. In addition to these provisions to submit plans for compliance and compensation changes and for remediation payments to certain Wells Fargo Financial borrowers, the Order imposes a civil money penalty of $85 million on Wells Fargo.
Other government agencies, including state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice, continue to investigate various mortgage related practices of the Bank. These investigations could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions, and result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations and additional litigation.

WACHOVIA EQUITY SECURITIES AND BONDS/NOTES LITIGATION The plaintiffs in the In re Wachovia Equity Securities Litigation and the Stichting Pensioenfords ABP, FC Holdings AB, Deka Investments GmbH and Forsta AP-Fonden cases have appealed the March 31, 2011 Decision and Order dismissing their cases.

Wells Fargo and the plaintiffs have agreed in principle to settle the In re Wachovia Preferred Securities and Bond/Notes Litigation for $590 million. The proposed settlement is subject to Court approval. The proposed settlement amount has been reflected in Wells Fargo’s financial statements and will not have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position.

OUTLOOK The Company establishes a liability for contingent litigation losses when it determines that a potential loss is both probable and estimable. In addition, for significant matters, the Company determines a range of potential loss that is reasonably possible. The high end of the range of reasonably possible potential litigation losses in excess of the Company’s liability for probable and estimable losses was $1.6 billion as of June 30, 2011. For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established liability that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.

122

Note 12: Derivatives

We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined.

Our asset/liability management approach to interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks includes the use of derivatives. Such derivatives are typically designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, or economic hedge derivatives for those that do not qualify for hedge accounting. This helps minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate, foreign currency and other market value volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates, foreign currency and other exposures do not have a significant adverse effect on the net interest margin, cash flows and earnings. As a result of fluctuations in these exposures, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value or economic hedge, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by the gain or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In a cash flow hedge, where we manage the variability of cash payments due to interest rate fluctuations by the effective use of derivatives linked to hedged assets and liabilities, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivatives or the hedged asset or liability is generally not reflected in earnings.

We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, to our customers but usually offset our exposure from such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts. The customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are treated as free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives also include derivatives we enter into for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, including economic hedge derivatives. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for from their host contracts.

The following table presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for derivatives, the fair values of derivatives designated as qualifying hedge contracts, which are used as asset/liability management hedges, and free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) not designated as hedging instruments that are recorded on the balance sheet in other assets or other liabilities. Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in trading assets or other liabilities.

123


	June 30, 2011								December 31, 2010
	Notional or		Fair value						Notional or		Fair value
	contractual		Asset			Liability			contractual		Asset			Liability
(in millions)	amount		derivatives			derivatives			amount		derivatives			derivatives

Qualifying hedge contracts
Interest rate contracts (1)	$	96,071		6,495			1,556			110,314		7,126			1,614
Foreign exchange contracts		25,437		1,939			545			25,904		1,527			727

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments				8,434			2,101					8,653			2,341

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):
Interest rate contracts (2)		292,787		1,076			1,050			408,563		2,898			2,625
Equity contracts		-		-			-			176		-			46
Foreign exchange contracts		6,045		35			83			5,528		23			53
Credit contracts — protection purchased		145		4			-			396		80			-
Other derivatives		2,524		1			34			2,538		-			35

Subtotal				1,116			1,167					3,001			2,759

Customer accommodation, trading and other
free-standing derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		2,859,012		55,599			56,975			2,809,387		58,225			59,329
Commodity contracts		91,410		4,808			3,974			83,114		4,133			3,918
Equity contracts		71,179		3,691			3,846			73,278		3,272			3,450
Foreign exchange contracts		146,093		3,035			2,596			110,889		2,800			2,682
Credit contracts — protection sold		44,536		569			5,257			47,699		605			5,826
Credit contracts — protection purchased		42,371		4,074			526			44,776		4,661			588
Other derivatives		-		-			-			190		8			-

Subtotal				71,776			73,174					73,704			75,793

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments				72,892			74,341					76,705			78,552

Total derivatives before netting				81,326			76,442					85,358			80,893

Netting (3)				(58,561	)		(65,082	)				(63,469	)		(70,009	)

Total			$	22,765			11,360					21,889			10,884


(1)		Notional amounts presented exclude $20.1 billion at June 30, 2011, and $20.9 billion at December 31, 2010, of basis swaps that are combined with receive fixed-rate/pay floating-rate swaps and designated as one hedging instrument.

(2)		Includes free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS and other interests held.

(3)		Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting arrangements. The amount of cash collateral netted against derivative assets and liabilities was $6.1 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, at June 30, 2011, and $5.5 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

124

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

Fair Value Hedges

We use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. In addition, we use interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. The entire derivative gain or loss is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all fair value hedge relationships, except for those involving foreign-currency denominated securities available for sale and long-term debt hedged with foreign currency forward derivatives for which the component of the

derivative gain or loss related to the changes in the difference between the spot and forward price is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

We use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships.


													Total net
	Interest rate						Foreign exchange						gains
	contracts hedging:						contracts hedging:						(losses)
	Securities						Securities						on fair
	available			Long-term			available			Long-term			value
(in millions)	for sale			debt			for sale			debt			hedges

Quarter ended June 30, 2011
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income	$	(107	)		437			(3	)		105			432


Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
Recognized on derivatives		(280	)		736			11			515			982
Recognized on hedged item		279			(709	)		(18	)		(512	)		(960	)

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)	$	(1	)		27			(7	)		3			22


Quarter ended June 30, 2010
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income	$	(94	)		527			(1	)		87			519


Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
Recognized on derivatives		(642	)		1,744			70			(1,769	)		(597	)
Recognized on hedged item		650			(1,626	)		(70	)		1,778			732

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)	$	8			118			-			9			135


Six months ended June 30, 2011
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income	$	(213	)		851			(4	)		195			829


Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
Recognized on derivatives		(111	)		91			46			1,595			1,621
Recognized on hedged item		42			(87	)		(51	)		(1,629	)		(1,725	)

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)	$	(69	)		4			(5	)		(34	)		(104	)


Six months ended June 30, 2010
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income	$	(188	)		1,058			(2	)		184			1,052


Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
Recognized on derivatives		(768	)		2,276			189			(2,905	)		(1,208	)
Recognized on hedged item		785			(2,143	)		(189	)		2,932			1,385

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)	$	17			133			-			27			177


(1)		The second quarter and first half of 2011 included $22 million and $30 million, respectively, and the second quarter and first half of 2010 included nil and $1 million, respectively, of gains (losses) on forward derivatives hedging foreign currency securities available for sale and long-term debt, representing the portion of derivatives gains (losses) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness (time value).

125

Cash Flow Hedges

We hedge floating-rate debt against future interest rate increases by using interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures to limit variability of cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We also use interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans, due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. Gains and losses on derivatives that are reclassified from cumulative OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in which the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. All parts of gain or loss on these derivatives are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. We assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic changes in cash flows of the hedging instrument against the periodic

changes in cash flows of the forecasted transaction being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

Based upon current interest rates, we estimate that $323 million of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at June 30, 2011, will be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months, compared with $367 million at December 31, 2010. Future changes to interest rates may significantly change actual amounts reclassified to earnings. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 7 years for both hedges of floating-rate debt and floating-rate commercial loans.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships.



	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Gains (losses) (after tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives	$	(84	)		190			(83	)		349
Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net interest income		157			186			313			328
Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in noninterest income on derivatives (1)		-			(1	)		(2	)		6


(1)		None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Free-Standing Derivatives

We use free-standing derivatives (economic hedges), in addition to debt securities available for sale, to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs measured at fair value, certain residential MHFS, derivative loan commitments and other interests held. The resulting gain or loss on these economic hedges is reflected in other income.

The derivatives used to hedge these MSRs measured at fair value, which include swaps, swaptions, forwards, Eurodollar and Treasury futures and options contracts, resulted in net derivative gains of $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, in the second quarter and first half of 2011 and net derivative gains of $3.3 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2010, which are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value of these derivatives was a net asset of $359 million at June 30, 2011, and a net liability of $943 million at December 31, 2010. Changes in fair value of debt securities available for sale (unrealized gains and losses) are not included in servicing income, but are reported in cumulative OCI (net of tax) or, upon sale, are reported in net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale.

Interest rate lock commitments for residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on these derivative loan commitments, as well as substantially all residential MHFS, is hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) such as forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and options contracts. The commitments, free-standing derivatives and residential MHFS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in mortgage banking noninterest income. For the fair value measurement of interest rate lock commitments we include, at

inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Fair value changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a fall-out factor). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. However, changes in investor demand can also cause changes in the value of the underlying loan value that cannot be hedged. The aggregate fair value of derivative loan commitments in the balance sheet was a net liability of $48 million at June 30, 2011, and $271 million at December 31, 2010, and is included in the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives” in the first table in this Note.

We also enter into various derivatives primarily to provide derivative products to customers. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities in the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. We also enter into free-standing derivatives for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as part of other noninterest income.

Free-standing derivatives also include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separate from their host contract. We periodically issue hybrid long-term notes and CDs where the performance of the hybrid instrument notes is linked to an equity, commodity or currency index, or basket of such

126

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

indices. These notes contain explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of the note in a manner similar to a derivative instrument and therefore are considered to contain an “embedded” derivative instrument. The indices on which the performance of the hybrid instrument is calculated are not clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument. The “embedded” derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a free-standing derivative. Additionally, we may invest in hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivatives,

such as credit derivatives, that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract. In such instances, we either elect fair value option for the hybrid instrument or separate the embedded derivative from the host contract and account for the host contract and derivative separately.

The following table shows the net gains recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.




	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010


Gains (losses) recognized on free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):
Interest rate contracts (1)
Recognized in noninterest income:
Mortgage banking	$	198			757			251			1,425
Other		(31	)		(30	)		(20	)		(36	)
Foreign exchange contracts (2)		(105	)		69			(369	)		145
Equity contracts (2)		(5	)		-			(5	)		-
Credit contracts (2)		(3	)		(36	)		(8	)		(125	)


Subtotal		54			760			(151	)		1,409

Gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:
Interest rate contracts (3)
Recognized in noninterest income:
Mortgage banking		759			1,644			1,159			2,547
Other		94			(154	)		290			165
Commodity contracts (4)		116			13			101			33
Equity contracts (4)		639			495			477			449
Foreign exchange contracts (4)		125			148			307			266
Credit contracts (4)		91			(58	)		44			(488	)
Other (4)		(8	)		(12	)		(1	)		(19	)


Subtotal		1,816			2,076			2,377			2,953


Net gains recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	$	1,870			2,836			2,226			4,362


(1)		Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value, interest rate lock commitments and mortgages held for sale.

(2)		Predominantly included in other noninterest income.

(3)		Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments.

(4)		Predominantly included in net gains from trading activities in noninterest income.

Credit Derivatives

We use credit derivatives to manage exposure to credit risk related to lending and investing activity and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. This may include protection sold to offset purchased protection in structured product transactions, as well as liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be required to perform under the noted credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.

127

The following table provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.




			Notional amount
					Protection		Protection
					sold -		purchased		Net
					non-		with		protection		Other
	Fair value		Protection		investment		identical		sold		protection		Range of
(in millions)	liability		sold (A)		grade		underlyings (B)		(A) - (B)		purchased		maturities


June 30, 2011
Credit default swaps on:
Corporate bonds	$	676		28,736		16,501		15,775		12,961		10,194		2011-2021
Structured products		3,826		5,499		5,015		4,765		734		2,383		2016-2056
Credit protection on:
Default swap index		15		3,440		1,094		2,425		1,015		1,146		2011-2017
Commercial mortgage- backed securities index		641		1,564		499		750		814		678		2049-2052
Asset-backed securities index		89		99		99		10		89		130		2037-2046
Loan deliverable credit default swaps		1		491		467		379		112		266		2012-2016
Other		9		4,707		4,412		134		4,573		3,328		2011-2056


Total credit derivatives	$	5,257		44,536		28,087		24,238		20,298		18,125


December 31, 2010
Credit default swaps on:
Corporate bonds	$	810		30,445		16,360		17,978		12,467		9,440		2011-2020
Structured products		4,145		5,825		5,246		4,948		877		2,482		2016-2056
Credit protection on:
Default swap index		12		2,700		909		2,167		533		1,106		2011-2017
Commercial mortgage-backed securities index		717		1,977		612		924		1,053		779		2049-2052
Asset-backed securities index		128		144		144		46		98		142		2037-2046
Loan deliverable credit default swaps		2		481		456		391		90		261		2011-2014
Other		12		6,127		5,348		41		6,086		2,745		2011-2056


Total credit derivatives	$	5,826		47,699		29,075		26,495		21,204		16,955

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believe this hypothetical circumstance to be an extremely remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.

We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

128

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

Credit-Risk Contingent Features

Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt, based on certain major credit rating agencies indicated in the relevant contracts, were to fall below investment grade, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $13.9 billion at June 30, 2011, and $12.6 billion at December 31, 2010, respectively, for which we posted $12.8 billion and $12.0 billion, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on June 30, 2011, or December 31, 2010, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $1.5 billion or $1.0 billion, respectively, or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.

Counterparty Credit Risk

By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the applicable requirements, derivatives balances and related cash collateral amounts are shown net in the balance sheet. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value and our assessment of hedge effectiveness.

129

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Trading assets, securities available for sale, derivatives, substantially all prime residential MHFS, certain commercial LHFS, fair value MSRs, principal investments and securities sold but not yet purchased (short sale liabilities) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as certain residential and commercial MHFS, certain LHFS, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Fair Value Hierarchy

We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

•		Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

•		Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

•		Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. For securities in inactive markets, we use a predetermined percentage to evaluate the impact of fair value adjustments derived from weighting both external and internal indications of value to determine if the instrument is classified as Level 2 or Level 3. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.

Determination of Fair Value

We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.

In instances where there is limited or no observable market data, fair value measurements for assets and liabilities are based primarily upon our own estimates or combination of our own estimates and independent vendor or broker pricing, and the measurements are often calculated based on current pricing for products we offer or issue, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other such factors. As with any valuation technique used to estimate fair value, changes in underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future values. Accordingly, these fair value estimates may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

We incorporate lack of liquidity into our fair value measurement based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation methodology used. For example, for certain residential MHFS and certain securities where the significant inputs have become unobservable due to illiquid markets and vendor or broker pricing is not used, we use a discounted cash flow technique to measure fair value. This technique incorporates forecasting of expected cash flows (adjusted for credit loss assumptions and estimated prepayment speeds) discounted at an appropriate market discount rate to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market that a market participant would consider. For other securities where vendor or broker pricing is used, we use either unadjusted broker quotes or vendor prices or vendor or broker prices adjusted by weighting them with internal discounted cash flow techniques to measure fair value. These unadjusted vendor or broker prices inherently reflect any lack of liquidity in the market as the fair value measurement represents an exit price from a market participant viewpoint.

For complete descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value, see Note 16 in our 2010 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our valuation methodologies in the first half of 2011.

130

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Fair Value Measurements from Independent Brokers or Independent Third Party Pricing Services

For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services and record the unadjusted fair value in our

financial statements. The detail by level is shown in the table below. Fair value measurements obtained from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statements are not included in the following table.


			Independent brokers						Third party pricing services
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3


June 30, 2011
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)	$	-		814		12		-		1,490		-
Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		-		-		-		266		9,436		-
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		-		16		-		-		17,549		-
Mortgage-backed securities		-		429		65		-		97,203		216
Other debt securities		-		609		6,457		-		16,475		234


Total debt securities		-		1,054		6,522		266		140,663		450
Total marketable equity securities		-		-		-		668		4,008		18


Total securities available for sale		-		1,054		6,522		934		144,671		468


Derivatives (trading and other assets)		-		53		2		-		658		3
Loans held for sale		-		-		-		-		1		-
Derivatives (liabilities)		-		50		1		753		2,402		1
Other liabilities		-		40		-		-		417		-



December 31, 2010
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)	$	-		1,211		6		21		2,123		-
Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		-		-		-		936		263		-
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		-		15		-		-		14,055		-
Mortgage-backed securities		-		3		50		-		102,206		169
Other debt securities		-		201		4,133		-		14,376		606


Total debt securities		-		219		4,183		936		130,900		775
Total marketable equity securities		-		-		-		201		727		16


Total securities available for sale		-		219		4,183		1,137		131,627		791


Derivatives (trading and other assets)		-		15		44		-		740		8
Loans held for sale		-		-		-		-		1		-
Derivatives (liabilities)		-		-		46		-		841		-
Other liabilities		-		20		-		-		393		-

131

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The tables below present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.


(in millions)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Netting			Total

June 30, 2011
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	2,518			3,806			-			-			6,324
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		-			1,976			135			-			2,111
Collateralized debt obligations (1)		-			-			1,801			-			1,801
Corporate debt securities		-			9,879			103			-			9,982
Mortgage-backed securities		-			9,962			223			-			10,185
Asset-backed securities		-			1,451			181			-			1,632
Equity securities		2,068			329			4			-			2,401

Total trading securities		4,586			27,403			2,447			-			34,436

Other trading assets		1,121			985			144			-			2,250

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		5,707			28,388			2,591			-			36,686

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		934			9,589			-			-			10,523
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		-			17,717			6,695			-			24,412
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		-			78,338			-			-			78,338
Residential		-			18,354			6			-			18,360
Commercial		-			14,446			282			-			14,728

Total mortgage-backed securities		-			111,138			288			-			111,426

Corporate debt securities		43			11,337			517			-			11,897
Collateralized debt obligations (2)		-			-			7,232			-			7,232
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		-			143			3,900			-			4,043
Home equity loans		-			1,344			76			-			1,420
Other asset-backed securities		-			7,981			2,629			-			10,610

Total asset-backed securities		-			9,468			6,605			-			16,073

Other debt securities		-			380			-			-			380

Total debt securities		977			159,629			21,337			-			181,943

Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities (3)		895			704			1,545			-			3,144
Other marketable equity securities		1,066			109			36			-			1,211

Total marketable equity securities		1,961			813			1,581			-			4,355

Total securities available for sale		2,938			160,442			22,918			-			186,298

Mortgages held for sale		-			21,815			3,360			-			25,175
Loans held for sale		-			1,102			-			-			1,102
Loans		-			-			-			-			-
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)		-			-			14,778			-			14,778
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		-			62,461			709			-			63,170
Commodity contracts		-			4,759			49			-			4,808
Equity contracts		538			2,435			718			-			3,691
Foreign exchange contracts		47			4,936			26			-			5,009
Credit contracts		-			1,912			2,735			-			4,647
Other derivative contracts		-			-			1			-			1

Netting		-			-			-			(58,561)	(4)		(58,561	)

Total derivative assets (5)		585			76,503			4,238			(58,561	)		22,765

Other assets		33			147			300			-			480

Total assets recorded at fair value	$	9,263			288,397			48,185			(58,561	)		287,284

Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts	$	(12	)		(59,100	)		(469	)		-			(59,581	)
Commodity contracts		-			(3,923	)		(51	)		-			(3,974	)
Equity contracts		(258	)		(2,684	)		(904	)		-			(3,846	)
Foreign exchange contracts		(34	)		(3,189	)		(1	)		-			(3,224	)
Credit contracts		-			(1,943	)		(3,840	)		-			(5,783	)
Other derivative contracts		-			-			(34	)		-			(34	)

Netting		-			-			-			65,082	(4)		65,082

Total derivative liabilities (6)		(304	)		(70,839	)		(5,299	)		65,082			(11,360	)

Short sale liabilities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		(4,885	)		(1,144	)		-			-			(6,029	)
Corporate debt securities		-			(4,259	)		-			-			(4,259	)
Equity securities		(1,716	)		(54	)		-			-			(1,770	)
Other securities		-			(100	)		-			-			(100	)

Total short sale liabilities		(6,601	)		(5,557	)		-			-			(12,158	)

Other liabilities		-			(135	)		(37	)		-			(172	)

Total liabilities recorded at fair value	$	(6,905	)		(76,531	)		(5,336	)		65,082			(23,690	)


(1)		Includes collateralized loan obligations of $663 million that are classified as trading assets.

(2)		Includes collateralized loan obligations of $6.6 billion that are classified as securities available for sale.

(3)		Perpetual preferred securities are primarily ARS. See Note 7 for additional information.

(4)		Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

(5)		Derivative assets include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets.

(6)		Derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading liabilities.

(continued on following page)

132

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)


(in millions)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Netting			Total

December 31, 2010
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies	$	1,340			3,335			-			-			4,675
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		-			1,893			5			-			1,898
Collateralized debt obligations (1)		-			-			1,915			-			1,915
Corporate debt securities		-			10,164			166			-			10,330
Mortgage-backed securities		-			9,137			117			-			9,254
Asset-backed securities		-			1,811			366			-			2,177
Equity securities		2,143			625			34			-			2,802

Total trading securities		3,483			26,965			2,603			-			33,051

Other trading assets		816			987			136			-			1,939

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		4,299			27,952			2,739			-			34,990

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		938			666			-			-			1,604
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		-			14,090			4,564			-			18,654
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies		-			82,037			-			-			82,037
Residential		-			20,183			20			-			20,203
Commercial		-			13,337			217			-			13,554

Total mortgage-backed securities		-			115,557			237			-			115,794

Corporate debt securities		-			9,846			433			-			10,279
Collateralized debt obligations (2)		-			-			4,778			-			4,778
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		-			223			6,133			-			6,356
Home equity loans		-			998			112			-			1,110
Other asset-backed securities		-			5,285			3,150			-			8,435

Total asset-backed securities		-			6,506			9,395			-			15,901

Other debt securities		-			370			85			-			455

Total debt securities		938			147,035			19,492			-			167,465

Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities (3)		721			677			2,434			-			3,832
Other marketable equity securities		1,224			101			32			-			1,357

Total marketable equity securities		1,945			778			2,466			-			5,189

Total securities available for sale		2,883			147,813			21,958			-			172,654

Mortgages held for sale		-			44,226			3,305			-			47,531
Loans held for sale		-			873			-			-			873
Loans		-			-			309			-			309
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)		-			-			14,467			-			14,467
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		-			67,380			869			-			68,249
Commodity contracts		-			4,133			-			-			4,133
Equity contracts		511			2,040			721			-			3,272
Foreign exchange contracts		42			4,257			51			-			4,350
Credit contracts		-			2,148			3,198			-			5,346
Other derivative contracts		8			-			-			-			8

Netting		-			-			-			(63,469	) (4)		(63,469	)

Total derivative assets (5)		561			79,958			4,839			(63,469	)		21,889

Other assets		38			45			314			-			397

Total assets recorded at fair value	$	7,781			300,867			47,931			(63,469	)		293,110

Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts	$	(7	)		(62,769	)		(792	)		-			(63,568	)
Commodity contracts		-			(3,917	)		(1	)		-			(3,918	)
Equity contracts		(259	)		(2,291	)		(946	)		-			(3,496	)
Foreign exchange contracts		(69	)		(3,351	)		(42	)		-			(3,462	)
Credit contracts		-			(2,199	)		(4,215	)		-			(6,414	)
Other derivative contracts		-			-			(35	)		-			(35	)

Netting		-			-			-			70,009	(4)		70,009

Total derivative liabilities (6)		(335	)		(74,527	)		(6,031	)		70,009			(10,884	)

Short sale liabilities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies		(2,827	)		(1,129	)		-			-			(3,956	)
Corporate debt securities		-			(3,798	)		-			-			(3,798	)
Equity securities		(1,701	)		(178	)		-			-			(1,879	)
Other securities		-			(347	)		-			-			(347	)

Total short sale liabilities		(4,528	)		(5,452	)		-			-			(9,980	)

Other liabilities		-			(36	)		(344	)		-			(380	)

Total liabilities recorded at fair value	$	(4,863	)		(80,015	)		(6,375	)		70,009			(21,244	)


(1)		Includes collateralized loan obligations of $671 million that are classified as trading assets.

(2)		Includes collateralized loan obligations of $4.2 billion that are classified as securities available for sale.

(3)		Perpetual preferred securities are primarily ARS. See Note 7 for additional information.

(4)		Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

(5)		Derivative assets include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets.

(6)		Derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading liabilities.

133

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, are summarized as follows:


																						Net unrealized
				Total net gains						Purchases,												gains (losses)
				(losses) included in						sales,												included in net

							Other			issuances												income related
	Balance,						compre-			and			Transfers			Transfers			Balance,			to assets and
	beginning			Net			hensive			settlements,			into			out of			end of			liabilities held
(in millions)	of period			income			income			net			Level 3			Level 3			period			at period end (1)


Quarter ended June 30, 2011
Trading assets (excluding derivatives):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	130			3			-			2			-			-			135			-
Collateralized debt obligations		1,910			(10	)		-			(88	)		-			(11	)		1,801			(33	)
Corporate debt securities		97			1			-			5			-			-			103			1
Mortgage-backed securities		144			-			-			83			3			(7	)		223			-
Asset-backed securities		252			27			-			(87	)		-			(11	)		181			30
Equity securities		32			1			-			(29	)		-			-			4			(1	)


Total trading securities		2,565			22			-			(114	)		3			(29	)		2,447			(3	)


Other trading assets		144			1			-			(1	)		-			-			144			9


Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		2,709			23			-			(115	)		3			(29	)		2,591			6	(2)

Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		5,030			3			(20	)		1,682			-			-			6,695			(9	)
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		10			(3	)		2			(1	)		1			(3	)		6			(3	)
Commercial		281			4			(12	)		13			-			(4	)		282			(2	)


Total mortgage-backed securities		291			1			(10	)		12			1			(7	)		288			(5	)


Corporate debt securities		494			37			29			(48	)		5			-			517			-
Collateralized debt obligations		5,616			84			(12	)		1,536			8			-			7,232			-
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		4,244			1			4			(349	)		-			-			3,900			-
Home equity loans		98			(5	)		(5	)		(1	)		29			(40	)		76			(9	)
Other asset-backed securities		3,411			3			(7	)		(259	)		-			(519	)		2,629			-


Total asset-backed securities		7,753			(1	)		(8	)		(609	)		29			(559	)		6,605			(9	)


Total debt securities		19,184			124			(21	)		2,573			43			(566	)		21,337			(23)	(3)


Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		1,989			71			(8	)		(507	)		-			-			1,545			-
Other marketable equity securities		35			-			1			-			-			-			36			-


Total marketable equity securities		2,024			71			(7	)		(507	)		-			-			1,581			-	(4)


Total securities available for sale		21,208			195			(28	)		2,066			43			(566	)		22,918			(23	)


Mortgages held for sale		3,314			41			-			4			77			(76	)		3,360			40	(5)
Loans		98			3			-			(101	)		-			-			-			-
Mortgage servicing rights		15,648			(1,610	)		-			740			-			-			14,778			(1,075)	(5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		299			884			-			(944	)		-			1			240			(147	)
Commodity contracts		(3	)		-			-			-			-			1			(2	)		-
Equity contracts		(225	)		46			-			5			(4	)		(8	)		(186	)		6
Foreign exchange contracts		23			6			-			(4	)		-			-			25			2
Credit contracts		(1,151	)		128			-			(80	)		-			(2	)		(1,105	)		(70	)
Other derivative contracts		(18	)		(16	)		-			1			-			-			(33	)		-


Total derivative contracts		(1,075	)		1,048			-			(1,022	)		(4	)		(8	)		(1,061	)		(209)	(6)


Other assets		311			6			-			(17	)		-			-			300			8	(2)
Short sale liabilities (corporate debt securities)		(106	)		-			-			106			-			-			-			3
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)		(136	)		-			-			99			-			-			(37	)		-


(1)		Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(2)		Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(3)		Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(4)		Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(5)		Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.

(6)		Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(continued on following page)

134

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.


(in millions)	Purchases			Sales			Issuances		Settlements			Net


Quarter ended June 30, 2011
Trading assets (excluding derivatives):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	89			(86	)		-		(1	)		2
Collateralized debt obligations		159			(222	)		-		(25	)		(88	)
Corporate debt securities		18			(16	)		-		3			5
Mortgage-backed securities		224			(137	)		-		(4	)		83
Asset-backed securities		127			(218	)		-		4			(87	)
Equity securities		1			(18	)		-		(12	)		(29	)


Total trading securities		618			(697	)		-		(35	)		(114	)


Other trading assets		-			-			-		(1	)		(1	)

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		618			(697	)		-		(36	)		(115	)


Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		1,076			(5	)		877		(266	)		1,682
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		-			-			-		(1	)		(1	)
Commercial		17			-			-		(4	)		13


Total mortgage-backed securities		17			-			-		(5	)		12


Corporate debt securities		1			(35	)		-		(14	)		(48	)
Collateralized debt obligations		1,870			-			-		(334	)		1,536
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		623			-			163		(1,135	)		(349	)
Home equity loans		-			-			-		(1	)		(1	)
Other asset-backed securities		171			(137	)		372		(665	)		(259	)


Total asset-backed securities		794			(137	)		535		(1,801	)		(609	)


Total debt securities		3,758			(177	)		1,412		(2,420	)		2,573


Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		-			-			-		(507	)		(507	)
Other marketable equity securities		-			-			-		-			-


Total marketable equity securities		-			-			-		(507	)		(507	)


Total securities available for sale		3,758			(177	)		1,412		(2,927	)		2,066


Mortgages held for sale		147			-			-		(143	)		4
Loans		-			(99	)		-		(2	)		(101	)
Mortgage servicing rights		-			-			740		-			740
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		6			(1	)		-		(949	)		(944	)
Commodity contracts		-			-			-		-			-
Equity contracts		21			(50	)		-		34			5
Foreign exchange contracts		1			(1	)		-		(4	)		(4	)
Credit contracts		2			(1	)		-		(81	)		(80	)
Other derivative contracts		-			-			-		1			1


Total derivative contracts		30			(53	)		-		(999	)		(1,022	)


Other assets		(11	)		1			-		(7	)		(17	)
Short sale liabilities (corporate debt securities)		(1	)		107			-		-			106
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)		(1	)		-			-		100			99

135

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2011, are summarized as follows:


																						Net unrealized
				Total net gains						Purchases,												gains (losses)
				(losses) included in						sales,												included in net

							Other			issuances												income related
	Balance,						compre-			and			Transfers			Transfers			Balance,			to assets and
	beginning			Net			hensive			settlements,			into			out of			end of			liabilities held
(in millions)	of period			income			income			net			Level 3			Level 3			period			at period end (1)


Six months ended June 30, 2011
Trading assets (excluding derivatives):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	5			5			-			87			38			-			135			1
Collateralized debt obligations		1,915			3			-			(105	)		-			(12	)		1,801			(37	)
Corporate debt securities		166			(1	)		-			(62	)		-			-			103			1
Mortgage-backed securities		117			5			-			101			7			(7	)		223			-
Asset-backed securities		366			36			-			(100	)		-			(121	)		181			39
Equity securities		34			-			-			(31	)		1			-			4			(3	)


Total trading securities		2,603			48			-			(110	)		46			(140	)		2,447			1


Other trading assets		136			7			-			1			-			-			144			26


Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		2,739			55			-			(109	)		46			(140	)		2,591			27	(2)


Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		4,564			5			49			2,077			-			-			6,695			(7	)
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		20			(3	)		1			1			7			(20	)		6			(4	)
Commercial		217			(4	)		58			15			-			(4	)		282			(4	)


Total mortgage-backed securities		237			(7	)		59			16			7			(24	)		288			(8	)


Corporate debt securities		433			39			38			1			6			-			517			-
Collateralized debt obligations		4,778			137			141			2,168			8			-			7,232			-
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		6,133			2			(35	)		(2,200	)		-			-			3,900			-
Home equity loans		112			(3	)		(4	)		(2	)		39			(66	)		76			(10	)
Other asset-backed securities		3,150			(2	)		48			(97	)		49			(519	)		2,629			-


Total asset-backed securities		9,395			(3	)		9			(2,299	)		88			(585	)		6,605			(10	)


Other debt securities		85			-			-			(85	)		-			-			-			-


Total debt securities		19,492			171			296			1,878			109			(609	)		21,337			(25)	(3)


Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		2,434			139			(2	)		(1,026	)		-			-			1,545			-
Other marketable equity securities		32			-			1			3			-			-			36			-


Total marketable equity securities		2,466			139			(1	)		(1,023	)		-			-			1,581			-	(4)


Total securities available for sale		21,958			310			295			855			109			(609	)		22,918			(25	)


Mortgages held for sale		3,305			9			-			46			149			(149	)		3,360			13	(5)
Loans		309			13			-			(322	)		-			-			-			-
Mortgage servicing rights		14,467			(1,691	)		-			2,002			-			-			14,778			(576)	(5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		77			1,290			-			(1,129	)		1			1			240			(197	)
Commodity contracts		(1	)		-			-			1			(3	)		1			(2	)		-
Equity contracts		(225	)		46			-			11			(4	)		(14	)		(186	)		35
Foreign exchange contracts		9			27			-			(11	)		-			-			25			12
Credit contracts		(1,017	)		42			-			(128	)		-			(2	)		(1,105	)		(99	)
Other derivative contracts		(35	)		1			-			1			-			-			(33	)		-


Total derivative contracts		(1,192	)		1,406			-			(1,255	)		(6	)		(14	)		(1,061	)		(249)	(6)


Other assets		314			8			-			(22	)		-			-			300			9	(2)
Short sale liabilities (corporate debt securities)		-			1			-			(1	)		-			-			-			1
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)		(344	)		(9	)		-			316			-			-			(37	)		-


(1)		Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(2)		Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(3)		Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(4)		Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(5)		Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.

(6)		Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(continued on following page)

136

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)




(in millions)	Purchases			Sales			Issuances		Settlements			Net


Six months ended June 30, 2011
Trading assets (excluding derivatives):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	186			(98	)		-		(1	)		87
Collateralized debt obligations		524			(588	)		-		(41	)		(105	)
Corporate debt securities		31			(96	)		-		3			(62	)
Mortgage-backed securities		569			(464	)		-		(4	)		101
Asset-backed securities		372			(461	)		-		(11	)		(100	)
Equity securities		6			(25	)		-		(12	)		(31	)


Total trading securities		1,688			(1,732	)		-		(66	)		(110	)


Other trading assets		2			-			-		(1	)		1


Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		1,690			(1,732	)		-		(67	)		(109	)


Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		1,633			1			877		(434	)		2,077
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		4			-			-		(3	)		1
Commercial		21			-			-		(6	)		15


Total mortgage-backed securities		25			-			-		(9	)		16


Corporate debt securities		96			(35	)		-		(60	)		1
Collateralized debt obligations		2,735			(20	)		-		(547	)		2,168
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		989			-			163		(3,352	)		(2,200	)
Home equity loans		-			-			-		(2	)		(2	)
Other asset-backed securities		968			(154	)		372		(1,283	)		(97	)


Total asset-backed securities		1,957			(154	)		535		(4,637	)		(2,299	)


Other debt securities		-			(85	)		-		-			(85	)


Total debt securities		6,446			(293	)		1,412		(5,687	)		1,878


Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		1			-			-		(1,027	)		(1,026	)
Other marketable equity securities		3			-			-		-			3


Total marketable equity securities		4			-			-		(1,027	)		(1,023	)


Total securities available for sale		6,450			(293	)		1,412		(6,714	)		855


Mortgages held for sale		366			-			-		(320	)		46
Loans		-			(309	)		-		(13	)		(322	)
Mortgage servicing rights		-			-			2,002		-			2,002
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		6			-			-		(1,135	)		(1,129	)
Commodity contracts		-			-			-		1			1
Equity contracts		70			(174	)		-		115			11
Foreign exchange contracts		3			(3	)		-		(11	)		(11	)
Credit contracts		3			(2	)		-		(129	)		(128	)
Other derivative contracts		-			-			-		1			1

Total derivative contracts		82			(179	)		-		(1,158	)		(1,255	)


Other assets		(11	)		-			-		(11	)		(22	)
Short sale liabilities (corporate debt securities)		(115	)		114			-		-			(1	)
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)		(1	)		-			-		317			316

137

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, are summarized as follows:




																					Net unrealized
				Total net gains						Purchases,											gains (losses)
				(losses) included in						sales,											included in net
							Other			issuances											income related
	Balance,						compre-			and			Transfers		Transfers			Balance,			to assets and
	beginning			Net			hensive			settlements,			into		out of			end of			liabilities held
(in millions)	of period			income			income			net			Level 3		Level 3			period			at period end (1)


Quarter ended June 30, 2010
Trading assets (excluding derivatives):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	12			5			-			(5	)		-		-			12			6
Collateralized debt obligations		1,889			31			-			(153	)		-		-			1,767			2
Corporate debt securities		276			6			-			22			-		(139	)		165			22
Mortgage-backed securities		141			7			-			(37	)		-		-			111			2
Asset-backed securities		249			13			-			(43	)		-		-			219			2
Equity securities		67			1			-			(16	)		-		-			52			-


Total trading securities		2,634			63			-			(232	)		-		(139	)		2,326			34


Other trading assets		174			(21	)		-			(4	)		-		-			149			6


Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		2,808			42			-			(236	)		-		(139	)		2,475			40	(2)


Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		2,871			3			32			(170	)		-		-			2,736			4
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		406			-			(22	)		26			82		(139	)		353			-
Commercial		503			(17	)		368			(8	)		128		(77	)		897			-


Total mortgage-backed securities		909			(17	)		346			18			210		(216	)		1,250			-


Corporate debt securities		503			3			(2	)		(44	)		28		(108	)		380			-
Collateralized debt obligations		3,851			40			(114	)		254			-		-			4,031			(5	)
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		7,587			-			(56	)		(428	)		1		-			7,104			-
Home equity loans		107			1			5			(1	)		98		(16	)		194			(2	)
Other asset-backed securities		2,190			(6	)		(39	)		1,540			-		(344	)		3,341			(1	)


Total asset-backed securities		9,884			(5	)		(90	)		1,111			99		(360	)		10,639			(3	)


Other debt securities		79			-			2			7			-		-			88			-


Total debt securities		18,097			24			174			1,176			337		(684	)		19,124			(4)	(3)


Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		2,967			58			(14	)		(381	)		-		(1	)		2,629			-
Other marketable equity securities		12			-			-			15			-		(11	)		16			-


Total marketable equity securities		2,979			58			(14	)		(366	)		-		(12	)		2,645			-	(4)


Total securities available for sale		21,076			82			160			810			337		(696	)		21,769			(4	)


Mortgages held for sale		3,338			(17	)		-			(89	)		104		(76	)		3,260			(16)	(5)
Loans		371			8			-			(12	)		-		-			367			7	(5)
Mortgage servicing rights		15,544			(3,237	)		-			944			-		-			13,251			(2,661)	(5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		257			1,685			-			(1,299	)		-		-			643			407
Equity contracts		(281	)		(87	)		-			122			30		(16	)		(232	)		-
Foreign exchange contracts		4			(8	)		-			2			-		-			(2	)		-
Credit contracts		(758	)		(202	)		-			(33	)		-		-			(993	)		(178	)
Other derivative contracts		(30	)		(78	)		-			5			-		-			(103	)		-


Total derivative contracts		(808	)		1,310			-			(1,203	)		30		(16	)		(687	)		229	(6)


Other assets		377			2			-			(19	)		-		-			360			(6)	(2)
Short sale liabilities (corporate debt securities)		(65	)		1			-			(5	)		-		65			(4	)		-
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives) (7)		(376	)		(18	)		-			6			-		-			(388	)		(18	)


(1)		Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(2)		Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(3)		Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(4)		Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(5)		Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.

(6)		Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(7)		Balances have been revised to conform with current period presentation.

138

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2010, are summarized as follows:



																						Net unrealized
				Total net gains						Purchases,												gains (losses)
				(losses) included in						sales,												included in net
							Other			issuances												income related
	Balance,						compre-			and			Transfers			Transfers			Balance,			to assets and
	beginning			Net			hensive			settlements,			into			out of			end of			liabilities held
(in millions)	of period			income			income			net			Level 3			Level 3			period			at period end (1)


Six months ended June 30, 2010
Trading assets (excluding derivatives):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions	$	5			7			-			(9	)		9			-			12			7
Collateralized debt obligations		1,133			382			-			252			-			-			1,767			16
Corporate debt securities		223			13			-			62			9			(142	)		165			23
Mortgage-backed securities		146			9			-			79			-			(123	)		111			2
Asset-backed securities		497			25			-			(233	)		1			(71	)		219			10
Equity securities		36			2			-			12			2			-			52			-


Total trading securities		2,040			438			-			163			21			(336	)		2,326			58


Other trading assets		271			(36	)		-			(4	)		-			(82	)		149			(11	)


Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)		2,311			402			-			159			21			(418	)		2,475			47	(2)


Securities available for sale:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions		818			4			94			1,798			28			(6	)		2,736			4
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential		1,084			(7	)		(15	)		(14	)		266			(961	)		353			(4	)
Commercial		1,799			(17	)		373			(7	)		187			(1,438	)		897			(4	)


Total mortgage-backed securities		2,883			(24	)		358			(21	)		453			(2,399	)		1,250			(8	)


Corporate debt securities		367			4			42			(50	)		166			(149	)		380			-
Collateralized debt obligations		3,725			79			(38	)		477			-			(212	)		4,031			(10	)
Asset-backed securities:
Auto loans and leases		8,525			-			(123	)		(1,477	)		179			-			7,104			-
Home equity loans		1,677			-			12			(2	)		113			(1,606	)		194			(5	)
Other asset-backed securities		2,308			48			(82	)		1,403			679			(1,015	)		3,341			(2	)


Total asset-backed securities		12,510			48			(193	)		(76	)		971			(2,621	)		10,639			(7	)


Other debt securities		77			-			(1	)		12			-			-			88			-


Total debt securities		20,380			111			262			2,140			1,618			(5,387	)		19,124			(21)	(3)


Marketable equity securities:
Perpetual preferred securities		2,305			66			(26	)		297			-			(13	)		2,629			-
Other marketable equity securities		88			-			-			(38	)		-			(34	)		16			-


Total marketable equity securities		2,393			66			(26	)		259			-			(47	)		2,645			-	(4)


Total securities available for sale		22,773			177			236			2,399			1,618			(5,434	)		21,769			(21	)


Mortgages held for sale		3,523			(15	)		-			(251	)		203			(200	)		3,260			(17)	(5)
Loans		-			52			-			(51	)		366			-			367			52	(5)
Mortgage servicing rights		16,004			(4,633	)		-			1,998			-			(118	)		13,251			(3,438)	(5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts		(114	)		2,673			-			(1,916	)		-			-			643			426
Equity contracts		(344	)		(7	)		-			142			2			(25	)		(232	)		29
Foreign exchange contracts		(1	)		(3	)		-			2			-			-			(2	)		-
Credit contracts		(330	)		(692	)		-			23			6			-			(993	)		(671	)
Other derivative contracts		(43	)		(65	)		-			5			-			-			(103	)		-


Total derivative contracts		(832	)		1,906			-			(1,744	)		8			(25	)		(687	)		(216)	(6)


Other assets		1,373			25			-			(49	)		-			(989	)		360			(12)	(2)
Short sale liabilities (corporate debt securities)		(26	)		(1	)		-			(42	)		-			65			(4	)		-
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives) (7)		(10	)		(54	)		-			35			(359	)		-			(388	)		(55	)


(1)		Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(2)		Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(3)		Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(4)		Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(5)		Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.

(6)		Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(7)		Balances have been revised to conform with current period presentation.

139

Changes in Fair Value Levels

We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.

We evaluate the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total assets, total liabilities or total earnings. For the first half of 2011, there were no significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2. We transferred $609 million of debt securities available for sale from Level 3 to Level 2 due to an increase in the volume of trading activity for certain securities, which resulted in increased occurrences of observable market prices.

Significant changes to Level 3 assets for the first half of 2010, are described as follows:

•		We adopted new consolidation accounting guidance, which impacted Level 3 balances for certain financial instruments. Reductions in Level 3 balances, which represent derecognition of existing investments in newly consolidated VIEs, are reflected as transfers out for the following categories: trading assets, $276 million; securities available for sale, $1.9 billion; and mortgage servicing rights, $118 million. Increases in Level 3 balances, which represent newly consolidated VIE assets, are reflected as transfers in for the following categories: securities available for sale, $829 million; loans, $366 million; and long-term debt, $359 million.

•		We transferred $3.5 billion of debt securities available for sale from Level 3 to Level 2 due to an increase in the volume of trading activity for certain securities.

140

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting or write-downs of individual

assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the first half of 2011, and year ended December 31, 2010, that were still held in the balance sheet at each respective period end, the following table provides the fair value hierarchy and the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at period end.


					June 30, 2011								December 31, 2010
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total


Mortgages held for sale (1)	$	-		2,029		916		2,945		-		2,000		891		2,891
Loans held for sale		-		118		-		118		-		352		-		352
Loans:
Commercial		-		1,129		29		1,158		-		2,480		67		2,547
Consumer		-		3,595		10		3,605		-		5,870		18		5,888


Total loans (2)		-		4,724		39		4,763		-		8,350		85		8,435


Mortgage servicing rights (amortized)		-		-		123		123		-		-		104		104
Other assets (3)		-		548		77		625		-		765		82		847


(1)		Predominantly real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans measured at LOCOM.

(2)		Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.

(3)		Includes the fair value of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the income statement.


	Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010


Mortgages held for sale	$	8			23
Loans held for sale		-			9
Loans:
Commercial (1)		(684	)		(1,809	)
Consumer (2)		(2,929	)		(5,118	)


Total loans		(3,613	)		(6,927	)


Mortgage servicing rights (amortized)		(7	)		-
Other assets (3)		(164	)		(144	)

Total	$	(3,776	)		(7,039	)


(1)		Prior period amount has been revised to correct previously reported amounts.

(2)		Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral. Prior period amount has been revised to conform with current period presentation.

(3)		Includes the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

141

Alternative Investments

The following table summarizes our investments in various types of funds, which are included in trading assets, securities available for sale and other assets. We use the funds’ net asset

values (NAVs) per share as a practical expedient to measure fair value on recurring and nonrecurring bases. The fair values presented in the table are based upon the funds’ NAVs or an equivalent measure.

Redemption

Fair

Unfunded

Redemption

notice

(in millions)

value

commitments

frequency

period

June 30, 2011

Offshore funds

1,739

Daily - Annually

1 - 180 days

Funds of funds

Monthly - Quarterly

10 - 90 days

Hedge funds

Quarterly - Annually

60 - 90 days

Private equity funds

1,060

285

N/A

Venture capital funds

N/A

Total

2,918

317

December 31, 2010

Offshore funds

1,665

Daily - Annually

1 - 180 days

Funds of funds

Monthly - Quarterly

10 - 90 days

Hedge funds

Monthly - Annually

30 - 120 days

Private equity funds

1,830

669

N/A

Venture capital funds

N/A

Total

3,669

705

N/A — Not applicable

Offshore funds primarily invest in investment grade European fixed-income securities. Redemption restrictions are in place for investments with a fair value of $74 million at both June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, due to lock-up provisions that will remain in effect until November 2013.

Private equity funds invest in equity and debt securities issued by private and publicly-held companies in connection with leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and expansion opportunities. Substantially all of these investments do not allow redemptions. Alternatively, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next nine years.

Venture capital funds invest in domestic and foreign companies in a variety of industries, including information technology, financial services and healthcare. These investments can never be redeemed with the funds. Instead, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the fund liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next six years.

142

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Fair Value Option

We measure MHFS at fair value for prime MHFS originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred. We also measure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe fair value measurement for prime MHFS and other interests held, which we hedge with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs, measured at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets.

Upon the acquisition of Wachovia, we elected to measure at fair value certain portfolios of LHFS that we intend to hold for trading purposes and that may be economically hedged with

derivative instruments. In addition, we elected to measure at fair value certain letters of credit that are hedged with derivative instruments to better reflect the economics of the transactions. These letters of credit are included in trading account assets or liabilities.

Upon the adoption of new consolidation guidance on January 1, 2010, we elected to measure at fair value the eligible assets (loans) and liabilities (long-term debt) of certain nonconforming mortgage loan securitization VIEs. We elected the fair value option for such newly consolidated VIEs to continue fair value accounting as our interests prior to consolidation were predominantly carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

The following table reflects the differences between fair value carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.


	June 30, 2011							Dec. 31, 2010
					Fair value							Fair value
					carrying							carrying
					amount							amount
					less							less
	Fair value		Aggregate		aggregate			Fair value		Aggregate		aggregate
	carrying		unpaid		unpaid			carrying		unpaid		unpaid
(in millions)	amount		principal		principal			amount		principal		principal


Mortgages held for sale:
Total loans	$	25,175		25,174		1	(1)		47,531		47,818		(287)	(1)
Nonaccrual loans		261		549		(288	)		325		662		(337	)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing		32		41		(9	)		38		47		(9	)
Loans held for sale:
Total loans		1,102		1,123		(21	)		873		897		(24	)
Nonaccrual loans		16		22		(6	)		1		7		(6	)
Loans:
Total loans		-		-		-	(2)		309		348		(39	)
Nonaccrual loans		-		-		-			13		16		(3	)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing		-		-		-			2		2		-
Long-term debt		-		-		-	(2)		306		353		(47	)


(1)		The difference between fair value carrying amount and aggregate unpaid principal includes changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding, and premiums on acquired loans.

(2)		The quarter-end balance sheet amounts have been reduced to zero due to deconsolidations of nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations in second quarter 2011. There was related income in 2011 prior to the deconsolidations.

143

The assets accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair value related to

initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets measured at fair value are shown, by income statement line item, below.


	2011					2010

	Mortgage banking					Mortgage banking
	noninterest income					noninterest income
	Net gains (losses) on			Other		Net gains (losses) on			Other
	mortgage loan origination/			noninterest		mortgage loan origination/			noninterest
(in millions)	sales activities			income		sales activities			income


Quarter ended June 30,
Mortgages held for sale	$	1,199			-		1,769			-
Loans held for sale		-			12		-			3
Loans		3			-		8			-
Long-term debt		(1	)		-		(8	)		-
Other interests held		-			14		-			(6	)



Six months ended June 30,
Mortgages held for sale	$	1,857			-		3,231			-
Loans held for sale		-			21		-			17
Loans		13			-		52			-
Long-term debt		(11	)		-		(45	)		-
Other interests held		-			24		-			(46	)

The following table shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assets accounted for under the fair value option.


	Quarter ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010

Gains (losses) attributable to instrument-specific credit risk:
Mortgages held for sale	$	(12	)		(25	)		(71	)		(47	)
Loans held for sale		12			3			21			17

Total	$	-			(22	)		(50	)		(30	)

For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. In recent years spreads have been significantly affected by the lack of liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk.

144

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding short-term financial assets and liabilities because carrying amounts approximate fair value, and excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.

We have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

June 30, 2011

December 31, 2010

Carrying

Estimated

Carrying

Estimated

(in millions)

amount

fair value

amount

fair value

Financial assets

Mortgages held for sale (1)

6,079

4,232

4,234

Loans held for sale (2)

410

422

417

441

Loans, net (3)

718,226

708,566

721,016

710,147

Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)

8,029

8,540

8,494

8,814

Financial liabilities

Deposits

853,635

855,262

847,942

849,642

Long-term debt (3)(4)

142,729

145,943

156,651

159,996


(1)		Balance excludes MHFS for which the fair value option was elected.

(2)		Balance excludes LHFS for which the fair value option was elected.

(3)		Loans exclude lease financing with a carrying amount of $12.9 billion at June 30, 2011, and $13.1 billion at December 31, 2010.

(4)		The carrying amount and fair value exclude obligations under capital leases of $143 million at June 30, 2011, and $26 million at December 31, 2010.

Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table above. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related allowance. This amounted to $581 million at June 30, 2011, and $673 million at December 31, 2010.

145

Note 14: Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. Our total issued and outstanding

preferred stock includes Dividend Equalization Preferred (DEP) shares and Series I, J, K and L, which are presented in the following tables, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, which are presented in the table on the following page.


	June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010
	Liquidation		Shares
	preference		authorized
	per share		and designated


DEP Shares
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares	$	10		97,000

Series A
Non-Cumulative Perpetual
Preferred Stock		100,000		25,001

Series B
Non-Cumulative Perpetual
Preferred Stock		100,000		17,501

Series G
7.25% Class A Preferred Stock		15,000		50,000

Series H
Floating Class A Preferred Stock		20,000		50,000

Series I
5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A
Preferred Stock		100,000		25,010

Series J
8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual
Class A Preferred Stock		1,000		2,300,000

Series K
7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative
Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock		1,000		3,500,000
Series L
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual
Convertible Class A Preferred Stock		1,000		4,025,000


Total				10,089,512

146

June 30, 2011

December 31, 2010

Shares

issued and

Carrying

issued and

Carrying

(in millions, except shares)

outstanding

Par value

value

Discount

outstanding

Par value

value

Discount

DEP Shares

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

96,546

96,546

Series I (1)

5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A Preferred Stock

25,010

2,501

Series J (1)

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

2,150,375

2,150

1,995

155

2,150,375

2,150

1,995

155

Series K (1)

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

3,352,000

3,352

2,876

476

3,352,000

3,352

2,876

476

Series L (1)

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual

Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

3,968,000

3,968

3,200

768

3,968,000

3,968

3,200

768

Total

9,591,931

11,971

10,572

1,399

9,566,921

9,470

8,071

1,399


(1)		Preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.

In March 2011, the Company issued preferred stock for Series I (25,010 shares with a par value of $2.5 billion) to an unconsolidated wholly-owned trust related to our income trust securities.

We have a commitment to issue preferred stock for Series A ($2.5 billion) and Series B ($1.8 billion) to unconsolidated wholly-owned trusts. The issuance dates are dependent on the sale of our income trust securities held by these trusts to third party investors, but we expect those dates will be March 2013 and September 2013, respectively. See Note 7 for additional information on our trust preferred securities. We do not have a commitment to issue Series G or H preferred stock.

147

ESOP CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK All shares of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative from the date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upon the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred Stock released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan is converted into shares of our common stock based on the stated

value of the ESOP Preferred Stock and the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed. We have the option to redeem the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (a) $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the fair market value, as defined in the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.


	Shares issued and outstanding				Carrying value						Adjustable
	June 30,		December 31,		June 30,			December 31,			dividend rate
(in millions, except shares)	2011		2010		2011			2010			Minimum			Maximum

ESOP Preferred Stock
$1,000 liquidation preference per share
2011		560,186		-	$	560			-			9.00	%		10.00
2010		274,761		287,161		275			287			9.50			10.50
2008		102,004		104,854		102			105			10.50			11.50
2007		81,204		82,994		81			83			10.75			11.75
2006		57,372		58,632		58			59			10.75			11.75
2005		39,992		40,892		40			41			9.75			10.75
2004		26,215		26,815		26			27			8.50			9.50
2003		13,286		13,591		13			13			8.50			9.50
2002		3,363		3,443		3			3			10.50			11.50


Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)		1,158,383		618,382	$	1,158			618


Unearned ESOP shares (2)					$	(1,249	)		(663	)


(1)		At June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, additional paid-in capital included $91 million and $45 million, respectively, related to preferred stock.

(2)		We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.

148

Note 15: Employee Benefits

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of

Wells Fargo; the benefits earned under the Cash Balance Plan were frozen effective July 1, 2009.

The net periodic benefit cost was:


	2011								2010

	Pension benefits								Pension benefits
				Non-		Other						Non-		Other
(in millions)	Qualified			qualified		benefits			Qualified			qualified		benefits


Quarter ended June 30,
Service cost	$	2			-		4			2			-		3
Interest cost		130			8		18			138			9		19
Expected return on plan assets		(190	)		-		(11	)		(179	)		-		(7	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss		22			2		-			26			1		-
Amortization of prior service credit		-			-		(1	)		-			-		(1	)
Settlement		1			-		-			-			-		-


Net periodic benefit cost (income)	$	(35	)		10		10			(13	)		10		14


Six months ended June 30,
Service cost	$	3			-		7			3			-		6
Interest cost		260			17		36			277			18		39
Expected return on plan assets		(379	)		-		(21	)		(358	)		-		(14	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss		43			4		-			52			2		-
Amortization of prior service credit		-			-		(2	)		-			-		(2	)
Settlement		3			-		-			-			-		-


Net periodic benefit cost (income)	$	(70	)		21		20			(26	)		20		29

149

Note 16: Earnings Per Common Share

The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.


	Quarter ended June 30,				Six months ended June 30,
(in millions, except per share amounts)	2011		2010		2011		2010


Wells Fargo net income	$	3,948		3,062		7,707		5,609
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other (1)		220		184		409		359

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)	$	3,728		2,878		7,298		5,250


Earnings per common share
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)		5,286.5		5,219.7		5,282.7		5,205.1
Per share	$	0.70		0.55		1.38		1.01


Diluted earnings per common share
Average common shares outstanding		5,286.5		5,219.7		5,282.7		5,205.1
Add: Stock Options		24.7		32.9		28.8		32.1
Restricted share rights		20.5		8.2		18.4		5.8


Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)		5,331.7		5,260.8		5,329.9		5,243.0


Per share	$	0.70		0.55		1.37		1.00


(1)		Includes preferred stock dividends of $220 million and $185 million for second quarter 2011 and 2010 and $404 million and $369 million for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table presents the outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock that were anti-dilutive (the exercise price was higher than the weighted-average market price), and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

Weighted-average shares

Quarter ended June 30,

Six months ended June 30,

(in millions)

2011

2010

2011

2010

Options

175.0

156.0

147.7

187.0

Warrants

39.4

78.6

39.4

94.4

150

Note 17: Operating Segments

We have three operating segments for management reporting: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. The results for these operating segments are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to GAAP for financial accounting. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. In first quarter 2010, we conformed certain funding and allocation methodologies of legacy Wachovia to those of Wells Fargo; in addition, integration expense related to mergers other than the Wachovia merger is now included in segment results. In fourth quarter 2010, we aligned certain lending businesses into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking to reflect our previously announced restructuring of Wells Fargo Financial. In first quarter 2011, we realigned a private equity business into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking. The prior periods have been revised to reflect these changes.

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services to consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $20 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. Community Banking also offers investment management and other services to retail customers and securities brokerage through affiliates. These products and services include the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds^SM, a family of mutual funds. Loan products include lines of credit, auto floor plan lines, equity lines and loans, equipment and transportation loans, education loans, origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and servicing of mortgage loans and credit cards. Other credit products and financial services available to small businesses and their owners include equipment leases, real estate and other commercial financing, Small Business Administration financing, venture capital financing, cash management, payroll services, retirement plans, Health Savings Accounts, credit cards, and merchant payment processing. Community Banking also purchases sales finance contracts from retail merchants throughout the United States and directly from auto dealers in Puerto Rico. Consumer and business deposit products include checking accounts, savings deposits, market rate accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, time deposits and debit cards.

Community Banking serves customers through a complete range of channels, including traditional banking stores, in-store banking centers, business centers, ATMs, Online and Mobile Banking, and Wells Fargo Customer Connection, a 24-hours a day, seven days a week telephone service.

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million and to financial institutions globally. Wholesale

Banking provides a complete line of commercial, corporate, capital markets, cash management and real estate banking products and services. These include traditional commercial loans and lines of credit, letters of credit, asset-based lending, equipment leasing, international trade facilities, trade financing, collection services, foreign exchange services, treasury management, investment management, institutional fixed-income sales, interest rate, commodity and equity risk management, online/electronic products such as the Commercial Electronic Office^{^®} (CEO^{^®}) portal, insurance, corporate trust fiduciary and agency services, and investment banking services. Wholesale Banking manages customer investments through institutional separate accounts and mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds and Wells Capital Management. Wholesale Banking also supports the CRE market with products and services such as construction loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable housing loans and letters of credit, permanent loans for securitization, CRE loan servicing and real estate and mortgage brokerage services.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Family Wealth meets the unique needs of ultra high net worth customers. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Other includes corporate items (such as integration expenses related to the Wachovia merger) not specific to a business segment and elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment.

151




												Wealth,
												Brokerage
(income/expense in millions,			Community Banking					Wholesale Banking				and Retirement					Other (1)					Consolidated Company

average balances in billions)	2011		2010		2011			2010		2011		2010		2011			2010			2011		2010

Quarter ended June 30,
Net interest income (2)	$	7,359		8,063		2,968			3,028		691		684		(340	)		(326	)		10,678		11,449
Provision for credit losses		1,927		3,348		(97	)		635		61		81		(53	)		(75	)		1,838		3,989
Noninterest income		5,208		5,543		2,663			2,746		2,395		2,183		(558	)		(527	)		9,708		9,945
Noninterest expense		7,418		7,678		2,766			2,873		2,487		2,350		(196	)		(155	)		12,475		12,746

Income (loss) before income
tax expense (benefit)		3,222		2,580		2,962			2,266		538		436		(649	)		(623	)		6,073		4,659
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,031		783		1,012			803		204		165		(246	)		(237	)		2,001		1,514

Net income (loss) before
noncontrolling interests		2,191		1,797		1,950			1,463		334		271		(403	)		(386	)		4,072		3,145
Less: Net income from
noncontrolling interests		104		81		19			1		1		1		-			-			124		83

Net income (loss) (3)	$	2,087		1,716		1,931			1,462		333		270		(403	)		(386	)		3,948		3,062

Average loans	$	498.2		534.3		243.1			228.2		43.5		42.6		(33.5	)		(32.6	)		751.3		772.5
Average assets		752.5		771.3		415.7			369.5		147.7		141.0		(65.0	)		(57.6	)		1,250.9		1,224.2
Average core deposits		552.0		532.6		190.6			162.3		126.0		121.5		(61.1	)		(54.6	)		807.5		761.8

Six months ended June 30,
Net interest income (2)	$	14,902		16,316		5,723			5,582		1,387		1,348		(683	)		(650	)		21,329		22,596
Provision for credit losses		3,992		7,867		37			1,445		102		144		(83	)		(137	)		4,048		9,319
Noninterest income		10,302		11,254		5,368			5,615		4,849		4,429		(1,133	)		(1,052	)		19,386		20,246
Noninterest expense		15,023		14,883		5,566			5,558		5,046		4,740		(427	)		(318	)		25,208		24,863

Income (loss) before income
tax expense (benefit)		6,189		4,820		5,488			4,194		1,088		893		(1,306	)		(1,247	)		11,459		8,660
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,773		1,560		1,884			1,491		412		338		(496	)		(474	)		3,573		2,915

Net income (loss) before
noncontrolling interests		4,416		3,260		3,604			2,703		676		555		(810	)		(773	)		7,886		5,745
Less: Net income from
noncontrolling interests		154		129		21			4		4		3		-			-			179		136

Net income (loss) (3)	$	4,262		3,131		3,583			2,699		672		552		(810	)		(773	)		7,707		5,609

Average loans	$	504.0		542.3		238.9			232.6		43.1		43.2		(33.3	)		(33.2	)		752.7		784.9
Average assets		756.2		774.0		407.7			369.5		147.1		139.4		(64.9	)		(57.8	)		1,246.1		1,225.1
Average core deposits		550.1		532.0		187.7			162.0		125.7		121.3		(61.3	)		(54.8	)		802.2		760.5


(1)		Includes Wachovia integration expenses and the elimination of items that are included in both Community Banking and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement, largely representing services and products for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.

(2)		Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.

(3)		Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segments and Wells Fargo net income for the consolidated company.

152

Note 18: Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

Following are the condensed consolidating financial statements
of the Parent and Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its owned
subsidiaries (WFFI).

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income


						Other
						consolidating					Consolidated
(in millions)	Parent			WFFI		subsidiaries		Eliminations			Company

Quarter ended June 30, 2011
Dividends from subsidiaries:
Bank	$	3,103			-		-		(3,103	)		-
Nonbank		88			-		-		(88	)		-
Interest income from loans		-			551		8,886		(76	)		9,361
Interest income from subsidiaries		235			-		-		(235	)		-
Other interest income		57			28		2,938		-			3,023

Total interest income		3,483			579		11,824		(3,502	)		12,384

Deposits		-			-		594		-			594
Short-term borrowings		60			16		124		(180	)		20
Long-term debt		639			142		359		(131	)		1,009
Other interest expense		2			-		81		-			83

Total interest expense		701			158		1,158		(311	)		1,706

Net interest income		2,782			421		10,666		(3,191	)		10,678
Provision for credit losses		-			180		1,658		-			1,838

Net interest income after provision for credit losses		2,782			241		9,008		(3,191	)		8,840

Noninterest income
Fee income — nonaffiliates		-			24		6,020		-			6,044
Other		87			26		3,709		(158	)		3,664

Total noninterest income		87			50		9,729		(158	)		9,708

Noninterest expense
Salaries and benefits		(165	)		23		7,061		-			6,919
Other		(218	)		155		5,777		(158	)		5,556

Total noninterest expense		(383	)		178		12,838		(158	)		12,475

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		3,252			113		5,899		(3,191	)		6,073
Income tax expense (benefit)		(30	)		26		2,005		-			2,001
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		666			-		-		(666	)		-

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests		3,948			87		3,894		(3,857	)		4,072
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests		-			-		124		-			124

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)	$	3,948			87		3,770		(3,857	)		3,948


Quarter ended June 30, 2010
Dividends from subsidiaries:
Bank	$	5,975			-		-		(5,975	)		-
Nonbank		15			-		-		(15	)		-
Interest income from loans		-			693		9,622		(38	)		10,277
Interest income from subsidiaries		302			-		9		(311	)		-
Other interest income		86			30		3,079		-			3,195

Total interest income		6,378			723		12,710		(6,339	)		13,472

Deposits		-			-		714		-			714
Short-term borrowings		21			11		93		(104	)		21
Long-term debt		729			260		489		(245	)		1,233
Other interest expense		1			-		54		-			55

Total interest expense		751			271		1,350		(349	)		2,023

Net interest income		5,627			452		11,360		(5,990	)		11,449
Provision for credit losses		-			198		3,791		-			3,989

Net interest income after provision for credit losses		5,627			254		7,569		(5,990	)		7,460

Noninterest income
Fee income — nonaffiliates		-			26		6,027		-			6,053
Other		171			29		3,880		(188	)		3,892

Total noninterest income		171			55		9,907		(188	)		9,945

Noninterest expense
Salaries and benefits		(17	)		26		6,843		-			6,852
Other		207			210		5,665		(188	)		5,894

Total noninterest expense		190			236		12,508		(188	)		12,746

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		5,608			73		4,968		(5,990	)		4,659
Income tax expense (benefit)		(118	)		26		1,606		-			1,514
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		(2,664	)		-		-		2,664			-

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests		3,062			47		3,362		(3,326	)		3,145
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests		-			-		83		-			83

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)	$	3,062			47		3,279		(3,326	)		3,062

153

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Income


						Other
						consolidating					Consolidated
(in millions)	Parent			WFFI		subsidiaries		Eliminations			Company

Six months ended June 30, 2011
Dividends from subsidiaries:
Bank	$	4,695			-		-		(4,695	)		-
Nonbank		88			-		-		(88	)		-
Interest income from loans		-			1,129		17,818		(199	)		18,748
Interest income from subsidiaries		543			-		-		(543	)		-
Other interest income		105			57		5,946		-			6,108

Total interest income		5,431			1,186		23,764		(5,525	)		24,856

Deposits		-			-		1,209		-			1,209
Short-term borrowings		165			31		311		(461	)		46
Long-term debt		1,333			309		752		(281	)		2,113
Other interest expense		3			-		156		-			159

Total interest expense		1,501			340		2,428		(742	)		3,527

Net interest income		3,930			846		21,336		(4,783	)		21,329
Provision for credit losses		-			427		3,621		-			4,048

Net interest income after provision for credit losses		3,930			419		17,715		(4,783	)		17,281

Noninterest income
Fee income — nonaffiliates		-			52		11,866		-			11,918
Other		84			50		7,648		(314	)		7,468

Total noninterest income		84			102		19,514		(314	)		19,386

Noninterest expense
Salaries and benefits		25			50		14,037		-			14,112
Other		(65	)		300		11,175		(314	)		11,096

Total noninterest expense		(40	)		350		25,212		(314	)		25,208

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		4,054			171		12,017		(4,783	)		11,459
Income tax expense (benefit)		(464	)		41		3,996		-			3,573
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		3,189			-		-		(3,189	)		-

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests		7,707			130		8,021		(7,972	)		7,886
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests		-			-		179		-			179

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)	$	7,707			130		7,842		(7,972	)		7,707


Six months ended June 30, 2010
Dividends from subsidiaries:
Bank	$	5,975			-		-		(5,975	)		-
Nonbank		21			-		-		(21	)		-
Interest income from loans		-			1,419		18,972		(76	)		20,315
Interest income from subsidiaries		650			-		9		(659	)		-
Other interest income		164			60		6,158		-			6,382

Total interest income		6,810			1,479		25,139		(6,731	)		26,697

Deposits		-			-		1,449		-			1,449
Short-term borrowings		44			20		187		(212	)		39
Long-term debt		1,447			547		1,038		(523	)		2,509
Other interest expense		1			-		103		-			104

Total interest expense		1,492			567		2,777		(735	)		4,101

Net interest income		5,318			912		22,362		(5,996	)		22,596
Provision for credit losses		-			519		8,800		-			9,319

Net interest income after provision for credit losses		5,318			393		13,562		(5,996	)		13,277

Noninterest income
Fee income — nonaffiliates		-			54		11,806		-			11,860
Other		382			76		8,267		(339	)		8,386

Total noninterest income		382			130		20,073		(339	)		20,246

Noninterest expense
Salaries and benefits		(50	)		96		13,434		-			13,480
Other		465			357		10,900		(339	)		11,383

Total noninterest expense		415			453		24,334		(339	)		24,863

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		5,285			70		9,301		(5,996	)		8,660
Income tax expense (benefit)		(208	)		25		3,098		-			2,915
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		116			-		-		(116	)		-

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests		5,609			45		6,203		(6,112	)		5,745
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests		-			-		136		-			136

Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)	$	5,609			45		6,067		(6,112	)		5,609

154

Note 18: Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets


						Other
						consolidating						Consolidated
(in millions)	Parent		WFFI			subsidiaries			Eliminations			Company


June 30, 2011
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents due from:
Subsidiary banks	$	28,337		182			-			(28,519	)		-
Nonaffiliates		15		220			112,230			-			112,465
Securities available for sale		11,309		2,835			172,154			-			186,298
Mortgages and loans held for sale		-		-			32,766			-			32,766

Loans		7		28,217			740,790			(17,093	)		751,921
Loans to subsidiaries:
Bank		3,885		-			-			(3,885	)		-
Nonbank		51,764		-			-			(51,764	)		-
Allowance for loan losses		-		(1,565	)		(19,328	)		-			(20,893	)


Net loans		55,656		26,652			721,462			(72,742	)		731,028


Investments in subsidiaries:
Bank		136,657		-			-			(136,657	)		-
Nonbank		15,864		-			-			(15,864	)		-
Other assets		7,512		1,051			190,082			(1,468	)		197,177


Total assets	$	255,350		30,940			1,228,694			(255,250	)		1,259,734


Liabilities and equity
Deposits	$	-		-			882,154			(28,519	)		853,635
Short-term borrowings		872		15,988			85,350			(48,329	)		53,881
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		11,995		1,492			59,411			(1,468	)		71,430
Long-term debt		93,189		11,689			49,514			(11,520	)		142,872
Indebtedness to subsidiaries		12,893		-			-			(12,893	)		-


Total liabilities		118,949		29,169			1,076,429			(102,729	)		1,121,818


Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity		136,401		1,771			150,750			(152,521	)		136,401
Noncontrolling interests		-		-			1,515			-			1,515


Total equity		136,401		1,771			152,265			(152,521	)		137,916


Total liabilities and equity	$	255,350		30,940			1,228,694			(255,250	)		1,259,734


December 31, 2010
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents due from:
Subsidiary banks	$	30,240		154			-			(30,394	)		-
Nonaffiliates		9		212			96,460			-			96,681
Securities available for sale		2,368		2,742			167,544			-			172,654
Mortgages and loans held for sale		-		-			53,053			-			53,053

Loans		7		30,329			742,807			(15,876	)		757,267
Loans to subsidiaries:
Bank		3,885		-			-			(3,885	)		-
Nonbank		53,382		-			-			(53,382	)		-
Allowance for loan losses		-		(1,709	)		(21,313	)		-			(23,022	)


Net loans		57,274		28,620			721,494			(73,143	)		734,245


Investments in subsidiaries:
Bank		133,867		-			-			(133,867	)		-
Nonbank		14,904		-			-			(14,904	)		-
Other assets		8,363		1,316			192,821			(1,005	)		201,495


Total assets	$	247,025		33,044			1,231,372			(253,313	)		1,258,128


Liabilities and equity
Deposits	$	-		-			878,336			(30,394	)		847,942
Short-term borrowings		2,412		14,490			86,523			(48,024	)		55,401
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		6,819		1,685			62,414			(1,005	)		69,913
Long-term debt		99,745		15,240			55,476			(13,478	)		156,983
Indebtedness to subsidiaries		11,641		-			-			(11,641	)		-


Total liabilities		120,617		31,415			1,082,749			(104,542	)		1,130,239


Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity		126,408		1,618			147,153			(148,771	)		126,408
Noncontrolling interests		-		11			1,470			-			1,481


Total equity		126,408		1,629			148,623			(148,771	)		127,889


Total liabilities and equity	$	247,025		33,044			1,231,372			(253,313	)		1,258,128

155

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows


	Six months ended June 30,
	2011												2010
							Other												Other
							consolidating												consolidating
							subsidiaries/			Consolidated									subsidiaries/			Consolidated
(in millions)	Parent			WFFI			eliminations			Company			Parent			WFFI			eliminations			Company


Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	7,742			805			20,014			28,561			7,924			1,001			7,929			16,854


Cash flows from investing activities:
Securities available for sale:
Sales proceeds		257			542			18,002			18,801			370			462			3,149			3,981
Prepayments and maturities		-			85			20,994			21,079			-			108			22,633			22,741
Purchases		(4,118	)		(686	)		(40,321	)		(45,125	)		(113	)		(564	)		(10,418	)		(11,095	)
Loans:
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected		-			(10	)		(5,793	)		(5,803	)		-			95			20,809			20,904
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries		-			-			3,492			3,492			-			-			3,556			3,556
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries		-			-			(2,277	)		(2,277	)		-			-			(1,201	)		(1,201	)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans		-			5,455			88			5,543			-			5,574			2,432			8,006
Loans originated by nonbank entities		-			(3,988	)		-			(3,988	)		-			(3,071	)		(2,238	)		(5,309	)
Net repayments from (advances to) subsidiaries		(186	)		25			161			-			(2,004	)		(621	)		2,625			-
Capital notes and term loans made to subsidiaries		(1,340	)		-			1,340			-			-			-			-			-
Principal collected on notes/loans made to subsidiaries		3,178			-			(3,178	)		-			7,046			-			(7,046	)		-
Net decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries		(117	)		-			117			-			1,359			-			(1,359	)		-
Other, net		14			37			(2,036	)		(1,985	)		2			(12	)		(29,853	)		(29,863	)


Net cash provided (used) by investing activities		(2,312	)		1,460			(9,411	)		(10,263	)		6,660			1,971			3,089			11,720


Cash flows from financing activities:
Net change in:
Deposits		-			-			5,693			5,693			-			-			(8,395	)		(8,395	)
Short-term borrowings		(432	)		1,497			(2,506	)		(1,441	)		(10	)		2,114			(1,010	)		1,094
Long-term debt:
Proceeds from issuance		3,847			513			2,342			6,702			1,577			-			588			2,165
Repayment		(11,363	)		(4,228	)		(6,100	)		(21,691	)		(13,282	)		(5,126	)		(13,517	)		(31,925	)
Preferred stock:
Proceeds from issuance		2,501			-			-			2,501			-			-			-			-
Cash dividends paid		(404	)		-			-			(404	)		(369	)		-			-			(369	)
Common stock warrants repurchased		-			-			-			-			(540	)		-			-			(540	)
Common stock:
Proceeds from issuance		801			-			-			801			865			-			-			865
Repurchased		(1,072	)		-			-			(1,072	)		(68	)		-			-			(68	)
Cash dividends paid		(1,269	)		-			-			(1,269	)		(520	)		-			-			(520	)
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments		64			-			-			64			75			-			-			75
Net change in noncontrolling interests		-			(11	)		(156	)		(167	)		-			-			(465	)		(465	)


Net cash used by financing activities		(7,327	)		(2,229	)		(727	)		(10,283	)		(12,272	)		(3,012	)		(22,799	)		(38,083	)


Net change in cash and due from banks		(1,897	)		36			9,876			8,015			2,312			(40	)		(11,781	)		(9,509	)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period		30,249			366			(14,571	)		16,044			27,314			454			(688	)		27,080


Cash and due from banks at end of period	$	28,352			402			(4,695	)		24,059			29,626			414			(12,469	)		17,571

156

Note 19: Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

We do not consolidate our wholly-owned trusts (the Trusts) formed solely to issue trust preferred and preferred purchase securities (the Securities). Securities issued by the Trusts includable in Tier 1 capital were $13.3 billion at June 30, 2011. Since December 31, 2010, we have called $3.4 billion of trust preferred securities, and also issued $2.5 billion in Series I Preferred Stock, replacing certain preferred purchase securities reflected in the amount of Securities issued by the Trusts includable in Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2010. The Series I

Preferred Stock was included in preferred stock (Note 14), as a separate component of Tier 1 capital. The junior subordinated debentures held by the Trusts were included in the Company’s long-term debt.

Certain subsidiaries of the Company are approved seller/servicers, and are therefore required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At June 30, 2011, each seller/servicer met these requirements. Certain broker-dealer subsidiaries of the Company are subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1 (the Net Capital Rule), which requires that we maintain minimum levels of net capital, as defined. At June 30, 2011, each of these subsidiaries met these requirements.

The following table presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Wells Fargo & Company

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Well-

Minimum

June 30,

Dec. 31,

June 30,

Dec. 31,

capitalized

capital

(in billions, except ratios)

2011

2010

2011

2010

ratios (1)

Regulatory capital:

Tier 1

113.5

109.4

92.1

90.2

Total

149.5

147.1

117.6

117.1

Assets:

Risk-weighted

970.2

980.0

893.5

895.2

Adjusted average (2)

1,203.8

1,189.5

1,066.0

1,057.7

Capital ratios:

Tier 1 capital

11.69

11.16

10.31

10.07

6.00

4.00

Total capital

15.41

15.01

13.16

13.09

10.00

8.00

Tier 1 leverage (2)

9.43

9.19

8.64

8.52

5.00

4.00


(1)		As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.

(2)		The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rated, strong banking organizations.

157

Glossary of Acronyms


ACL		Allowance for credit losses

ALCO		Asset/Liability Management Committee

ARS		Auction rate security

ASC		Accounting Standards Codification

ASU		Accounting Standards Update

ARM		Adjustable-rate mortgage

AVM		Automated valuation model

CD		Certificate of deposit

CDO		Collateralized debt obligation

CLO		Collateralized loan obligation

CLTV		Combined loan-to-value

CPP		Capital Purchase Program

CPR		Constant prepayment rate

CRE		Commercial real estate

DPD		Days past due

ESOP		Employee Stock Ownership Plan

FAS		Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

FASB		Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDIC		Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP		Federal Family Education Loan Program

FHA		Federal Housing Administration

FHLB		Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC		Federal Home Loan Mortgage Company

FICO		Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

FNMA		Federal National Mortgage Association

FRB		Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

GAAP		Generally accepted accounting principles

GNMA		Government National Mortgage Association

GSE		Government-sponsored entity

HAMP		Home Affordability Modification Program

HPI		Home Price Index

HUD		Department of Housing and Urban Development

LHFS		Loans held for sale

LIBOR		London Interbank Offered Rate

LOCOM		Lower of cost or market value

LTV		Loan-to-value

MBS		Mortgage-backed security

MHFS		Mortgages held for sale

MSR		Mortgage servicing right

MTN		Medium-term note

NAV		Net asset value


NPA		Nonperforming asset

OCC		Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI		Other comprehensive income

OTC		Over-the-counter

OTTI		Other-than-temporary impairment

PCI Loans		Purchased credit-impaired loans

PTPP		Pre-tax pre-provision profit

RBC		Risk-based capital

ROA		Wells Fargo net income to average total assets

ROE		Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity

SEC		Securities and Exchange Commission

S&P		Standard & Poor’s

SPE		Special purpose entity

TARP		Troubled Asset Relief Program

TDR		Troubled debt restructuring

VA		Department of Veterans Affairs

VaR		Value-at-risk

VIE		Variable interest entity

WFFCC		Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation

WFFI		Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries

158

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1.		Legal Proceedings

		Information in response to this item can be found in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 1A.		Risk Factors

		Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item. The risk factors set forth in the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report amend and restate in their entirety the risk factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section on pages 92 through 101 of our 2010 Form 10-K.

Item 2.		Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended June 30, 2011.




					Maximum number of
	Total number				shares that may yet
	of shares		Weighted-average		be purchased under
Calendar month	repurchased (1)		price paid per share		the authorizations

April		15,299,568	$	29.22		186,085,315
May		18,053,932		28.49		168,031,383
June		2,049,862		26.60		165,981,521

Total		35,403,362


(1)		All shares were repurchased under two separate authorizations covering up to 25 million and 200 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on September 23, 2008, and March 18, 2011, respectively. During second quarter 2011, the September 23, 2008, program of 25 million shares was completed; future repurchases will be made under the March 18, 2011, program of 200 million shares only. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.

The following table shows Company repurchases of the warrants for each calendar month in the quarter ended June 30, 2011.




	Total number				Maximum dollar value
	of warrants		Average price		of warrants that
Calendar month	repurchased (1)		paid per warrant		may yet be purchased

April		-	$	-		454,692,072
May		-		-		454,692,072
June		-		-		454,692,072

Total		-


(1)		No warrants were purchased in second quarter 2011. Warrants are purchased under the authorization covering up to $1 billion in warrants approved by the Board of Directors (ratified and approved on June 22, 2010). Unless modified or revoked by the Board, authorization does not expire.

159


Item 6.		Exhibits

A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Dated: August 5, 2011	WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
	By:	/s/ RICHARD D. LEVY
		Richard D. Levy
		Executive Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

160

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit
Number	Description	Location

3(a)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

3(b)	By-Laws.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2011.

4(a)	See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).

4(b)	The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.

10(a)	Amendment to the Wells Fargo & Company Deferred Compensation Plan.	Filed herewith.

12(a)	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges:	Filed herewith.

Six months

Quarter ended

ended

June 30,

2011

2010

2011

2010

Including interest on deposits

4.31

3.15

4.04

2.97

Excluding interest on deposits

5.94

4.23

5.51

3.96


12(b)	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends:	Filed herewith.

Six months

Quarter ended

ended

June 30,

2011

2010

2011

2010

Including interest on deposits

3.64

2.79

3.48

2.64

Excluding interest on deposits

4.66

3.54

4.44

3.33

161


Exhibit
Number	Description	Location

31(a)	Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith.

31(b)	Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith.

32(a)	Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.	Furnished herewith.

32(b)	Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.	Furnished herewith.

99(a)	Consent Order dated effective April 13, 2011, between the Company and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.	Filed herewith.

99(b)	Consent Order dated effective April 13, 2011, between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and the Comptroller of the Currency.	Filed herewith.

101^*	Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, the following financial information from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2011, is formatted in XBRL interactive data files: (i) Consolidated Statement of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2011, and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010; (iii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010; (iv) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010; and (v) Notes to Financial Statements.	Furnished herewith.

*As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

162